7595 lines
292 KiB
Plaintext
7595 lines
292 KiB
Plaintext
This is libc.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.5 from libc.texinfo.
|
||
|
||
This file documents the GNU C Library.
|
||
|
||
This is ‘The GNU C Library Reference Manual’, for version 2.28.
|
||
|
||
Copyright © 1993–2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
|
||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
||
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
|
||
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
|
||
Invariant Sections being “Free Software Needs Free Documentation” and
|
||
“GNU Lesser General Public License”, the Front-Cover texts being “A GNU
|
||
Manual”, and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the
|
||
license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation
|
||
License".
|
||
|
||
(a) The FSF’s Back-Cover Text is: “You have the freedom to copy and
|
||
modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF supports it in
|
||
developing GNU and promoting software freedom.”
|
||
INFO-DIR-SECTION Software libraries
|
||
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
||
* Libc: (libc). C library.
|
||
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
||
|
||
INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU C library functions and macros
|
||
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
||
* ALTWERASE: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN: (libc)Argp Parser Functions.
|
||
* ARG_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
|
||
* BC_BASE_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
|
||
* BC_DIM_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
|
||
* BC_SCALE_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
|
||
* BC_STRING_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
|
||
* BRKINT: (libc)Input Modes.
|
||
* BUFSIZ: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
|
||
* CCTS_OFLOW: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* CHAR_BIT: (libc)Width of Type.
|
||
* CHILD_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
|
||
* CIGNORE: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* CLK_TCK: (libc)Processor Time.
|
||
* CLOCAL: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* CLOCKS_PER_SEC: (libc)CPU Time.
|
||
* COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
|
||
* CPU_CLR: (libc)CPU Affinity.
|
||
* CPU_ISSET: (libc)CPU Affinity.
|
||
* CPU_SET: (libc)CPU Affinity.
|
||
* CPU_SETSIZE: (libc)CPU Affinity.
|
||
* CPU_ZERO: (libc)CPU Affinity.
|
||
* CREAD: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* CRTS_IFLOW: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* CS5: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* CS6: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* CS7: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* CS8: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* CSIZE: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* CSTOPB: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* DTTOIF: (libc)Directory Entries.
|
||
* E2BIG: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EACCES: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EADDRINUSE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EADDRNOTAVAIL: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EADV: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EAFNOSUPPORT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EAGAIN: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EALREADY: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EAUTH: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EBACKGROUND: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EBADE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EBADF: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EBADFD: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EBADMSG: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EBADR: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EBADRPC: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EBADRQC: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EBADSLT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EBFONT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EBUSY: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ECANCELED: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ECHILD: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ECHO: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* ECHOCTL: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* ECHOE: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* ECHOK: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* ECHOKE: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* ECHONL: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* ECHOPRT: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* ECHRNG: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ECOMM: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ECONNABORTED: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ECONNREFUSED: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ECONNRESET: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ED: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EDEADLK: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EDEADLOCK: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EDESTADDRREQ: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EDIED: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EDOM: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EDOTDOT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EDQUOT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EEXIST: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EFAULT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EFBIG: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EFTYPE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EGRATUITOUS: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EGREGIOUS: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EHOSTDOWN: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EHOSTUNREACH: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EHWPOISON: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EIDRM: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EIEIO: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EILSEQ: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EINPROGRESS: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EINTR: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EINVAL: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EIO: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EISCONN: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EISDIR: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EISNAM: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EKEYEXPIRED: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EKEYREJECTED: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EKEYREVOKED: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EL2HLT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EL2NSYNC: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EL3HLT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EL3RST: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ELIBACC: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ELIBBAD: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ELIBEXEC: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ELIBMAX: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ELIBSCN: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ELNRNG: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ELOOP: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EMEDIUMTYPE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EMFILE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EMLINK: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EMSGSIZE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EMULTIHOP: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENAMETOOLONG: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENAVAIL: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENEEDAUTH: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENETDOWN: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENETRESET: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENETUNREACH: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENFILE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOANO: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOBUFS: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOCSI: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENODATA: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENODEV: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOENT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOEXEC: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOKEY: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOLCK: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOLINK: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOMEDIUM: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOMEM: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOMSG: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENONET: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOPKG: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOPROTOOPT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOSPC: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOSR: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOSTR: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOSYS: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOTBLK: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOTCONN: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOTDIR: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOTEMPTY: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOTNAM: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOTRECOVERABLE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOTSOCK: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOTSUP: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOTTY: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENOTUNIQ: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ENXIO: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EOF: (libc)EOF and Errors.
|
||
* EOPNOTSUPP: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EOVERFLOW: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EOWNERDEAD: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EPERM: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EPFNOSUPPORT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EPIPE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EPROCLIM: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EPROCUNAVAIL: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EPROGMISMATCH: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EPROGUNAVAIL: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EPROTO: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EPROTONOSUPPORT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EPROTOTYPE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EQUIV_CLASS_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
|
||
* ERANGE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EREMCHG: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EREMOTE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EREMOTEIO: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ERESTART: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ERFKILL: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EROFS: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ERPCMISMATCH: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ESHUTDOWN: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ESOCKTNOSUPPORT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ESPIPE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ESRCH: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ESRMNT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ESTALE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ESTRPIPE: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ETIME: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ETIMEDOUT: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ETOOMANYREFS: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* ETXTBSY: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EUCLEAN: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EUNATCH: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EUSERS: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EWOULDBLOCK: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EXDEV: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EXFULL: (libc)Error Codes.
|
||
* EXIT_FAILURE: (libc)Exit Status.
|
||
* EXIT_SUCCESS: (libc)Exit Status.
|
||
* EXPR_NEST_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
|
||
* FD_CLOEXEC: (libc)Descriptor Flags.
|
||
* FD_CLR: (libc)Waiting for I/O.
|
||
* FD_ISSET: (libc)Waiting for I/O.
|
||
* FD_SET: (libc)Waiting for I/O.
|
||
* FD_SETSIZE: (libc)Waiting for I/O.
|
||
* FD_ZERO: (libc)Waiting for I/O.
|
||
* FE_SNANS_ALWAYS_SIGNAL: (libc)Infinity and NaN.
|
||
* FILENAME_MAX: (libc)Limits for Files.
|
||
* FLUSHO: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* FOPEN_MAX: (libc)Opening Streams.
|
||
* FP_ILOGB0: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* FP_ILOGBNAN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* FP_LLOGB0: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* FP_LLOGBNAN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* F_DUPFD: (libc)Duplicating Descriptors.
|
||
* F_GETFD: (libc)Descriptor Flags.
|
||
* F_GETFL: (libc)Getting File Status Flags.
|
||
* F_GETLK: (libc)File Locks.
|
||
* F_GETOWN: (libc)Interrupt Input.
|
||
* F_OFD_GETLK: (libc)Open File Description Locks.
|
||
* F_OFD_SETLK: (libc)Open File Description Locks.
|
||
* F_OFD_SETLKW: (libc)Open File Description Locks.
|
||
* F_OK: (libc)Testing File Access.
|
||
* F_SETFD: (libc)Descriptor Flags.
|
||
* F_SETFL: (libc)Getting File Status Flags.
|
||
* F_SETLK: (libc)File Locks.
|
||
* F_SETLKW: (libc)File Locks.
|
||
* F_SETOWN: (libc)Interrupt Input.
|
||
* HUGE_VAL: (libc)Math Error Reporting.
|
||
* HUGE_VALF: (libc)Math Error Reporting.
|
||
* HUGE_VALL: (libc)Math Error Reporting.
|
||
* HUGE_VAL_FN: (libc)Math Error Reporting.
|
||
* HUGE_VAL_FNx: (libc)Math Error Reporting.
|
||
* HUPCL: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* I: (libc)Complex Numbers.
|
||
* ICANON: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* ICRNL: (libc)Input Modes.
|
||
* IEXTEN: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* IFNAMSIZ: (libc)Interface Naming.
|
||
* IFTODT: (libc)Directory Entries.
|
||
* IGNBRK: (libc)Input Modes.
|
||
* IGNCR: (libc)Input Modes.
|
||
* IGNPAR: (libc)Input Modes.
|
||
* IMAXBEL: (libc)Input Modes.
|
||
* INADDR_ANY: (libc)Host Address Data Type.
|
||
* INADDR_BROADCAST: (libc)Host Address Data Type.
|
||
* INADDR_LOOPBACK: (libc)Host Address Data Type.
|
||
* INADDR_NONE: (libc)Host Address Data Type.
|
||
* INFINITY: (libc)Infinity and NaN.
|
||
* INLCR: (libc)Input Modes.
|
||
* INPCK: (libc)Input Modes.
|
||
* IPPORT_RESERVED: (libc)Ports.
|
||
* IPPORT_USERRESERVED: (libc)Ports.
|
||
* ISIG: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* ISTRIP: (libc)Input Modes.
|
||
* IXANY: (libc)Input Modes.
|
||
* IXOFF: (libc)Input Modes.
|
||
* IXON: (libc)Input Modes.
|
||
* LINE_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
|
||
* LINK_MAX: (libc)Limits for Files.
|
||
* L_ctermid: (libc)Identifying the Terminal.
|
||
* L_cuserid: (libc)Who Logged In.
|
||
* L_tmpnam: (libc)Temporary Files.
|
||
* MAXNAMLEN: (libc)Limits for Files.
|
||
* MAXSYMLINKS: (libc)Symbolic Links.
|
||
* MAX_CANON: (libc)Limits for Files.
|
||
* MAX_INPUT: (libc)Limits for Files.
|
||
* MB_CUR_MAX: (libc)Selecting the Conversion.
|
||
* MB_LEN_MAX: (libc)Selecting the Conversion.
|
||
* MDMBUF: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* MSG_DONTROUTE: (libc)Socket Data Options.
|
||
* MSG_OOB: (libc)Socket Data Options.
|
||
* MSG_PEEK: (libc)Socket Data Options.
|
||
* NAME_MAX: (libc)Limits for Files.
|
||
* NAN: (libc)Infinity and NaN.
|
||
* NCCS: (libc)Mode Data Types.
|
||
* NGROUPS_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
|
||
* NOFLSH: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* NOKERNINFO: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* NSIG: (libc)Standard Signals.
|
||
* NULL: (libc)Null Pointer Constant.
|
||
* ONLCR: (libc)Output Modes.
|
||
* ONOEOT: (libc)Output Modes.
|
||
* OPEN_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
|
||
* OPOST: (libc)Output Modes.
|
||
* OXTABS: (libc)Output Modes.
|
||
* O_ACCMODE: (libc)Access Modes.
|
||
* O_APPEND: (libc)Operating Modes.
|
||
* O_ASYNC: (libc)Operating Modes.
|
||
* O_CREAT: (libc)Open-time Flags.
|
||
* O_EXCL: (libc)Open-time Flags.
|
||
* O_EXEC: (libc)Access Modes.
|
||
* O_EXLOCK: (libc)Open-time Flags.
|
||
* O_FSYNC: (libc)Operating Modes.
|
||
* O_IGNORE_CTTY: (libc)Open-time Flags.
|
||
* O_NDELAY: (libc)Operating Modes.
|
||
* O_NOATIME: (libc)Operating Modes.
|
||
* O_NOCTTY: (libc)Open-time Flags.
|
||
* O_NOLINK: (libc)Open-time Flags.
|
||
* O_NONBLOCK: (libc)Open-time Flags.
|
||
* O_NONBLOCK: (libc)Operating Modes.
|
||
* O_NOTRANS: (libc)Open-time Flags.
|
||
* O_RDONLY: (libc)Access Modes.
|
||
* O_RDWR: (libc)Access Modes.
|
||
* O_READ: (libc)Access Modes.
|
||
* O_SHLOCK: (libc)Open-time Flags.
|
||
* O_SYNC: (libc)Operating Modes.
|
||
* O_TMPFILE: (libc)Open-time Flags.
|
||
* O_TRUNC: (libc)Open-time Flags.
|
||
* O_WRITE: (libc)Access Modes.
|
||
* O_WRONLY: (libc)Access Modes.
|
||
* PARENB: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* PARMRK: (libc)Input Modes.
|
||
* PARODD: (libc)Control Modes.
|
||
* PATH_MAX: (libc)Limits for Files.
|
||
* PA_FLAG_MASK: (libc)Parsing a Template String.
|
||
* PENDIN: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* PF_FILE: (libc)Local Namespace Details.
|
||
* PF_INET6: (libc)Internet Namespace.
|
||
* PF_INET: (libc)Internet Namespace.
|
||
* PF_LOCAL: (libc)Local Namespace Details.
|
||
* PF_UNIX: (libc)Local Namespace Details.
|
||
* PIPE_BUF: (libc)Limits for Files.
|
||
* P_tmpdir: (libc)Temporary Files.
|
||
* RAND_MAX: (libc)ISO Random.
|
||
* RE_DUP_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
|
||
* RLIM_INFINITY: (libc)Limits on Resources.
|
||
* R_OK: (libc)Testing File Access.
|
||
* SA_NOCLDSTOP: (libc)Flags for Sigaction.
|
||
* SA_ONSTACK: (libc)Flags for Sigaction.
|
||
* SA_RESTART: (libc)Flags for Sigaction.
|
||
* SEEK_CUR: (libc)File Positioning.
|
||
* SEEK_END: (libc)File Positioning.
|
||
* SEEK_SET: (libc)File Positioning.
|
||
* SIGABRT: (libc)Program Error Signals.
|
||
* SIGALRM: (libc)Alarm Signals.
|
||
* SIGBUS: (libc)Program Error Signals.
|
||
* SIGCHLD: (libc)Job Control Signals.
|
||
* SIGCLD: (libc)Job Control Signals.
|
||
* SIGCONT: (libc)Job Control Signals.
|
||
* SIGEMT: (libc)Program Error Signals.
|
||
* SIGFPE: (libc)Program Error Signals.
|
||
* SIGHUP: (libc)Termination Signals.
|
||
* SIGILL: (libc)Program Error Signals.
|
||
* SIGINFO: (libc)Miscellaneous Signals.
|
||
* SIGINT: (libc)Termination Signals.
|
||
* SIGIO: (libc)Asynchronous I/O Signals.
|
||
* SIGIOT: (libc)Program Error Signals.
|
||
* SIGKILL: (libc)Termination Signals.
|
||
* SIGLOST: (libc)Operation Error Signals.
|
||
* SIGPIPE: (libc)Operation Error Signals.
|
||
* SIGPOLL: (libc)Asynchronous I/O Signals.
|
||
* SIGPROF: (libc)Alarm Signals.
|
||
* SIGQUIT: (libc)Termination Signals.
|
||
* SIGSEGV: (libc)Program Error Signals.
|
||
* SIGSTOP: (libc)Job Control Signals.
|
||
* SIGSYS: (libc)Program Error Signals.
|
||
* SIGTERM: (libc)Termination Signals.
|
||
* SIGTRAP: (libc)Program Error Signals.
|
||
* SIGTSTP: (libc)Job Control Signals.
|
||
* SIGTTIN: (libc)Job Control Signals.
|
||
* SIGTTOU: (libc)Job Control Signals.
|
||
* SIGURG: (libc)Asynchronous I/O Signals.
|
||
* SIGUSR1: (libc)Miscellaneous Signals.
|
||
* SIGUSR2: (libc)Miscellaneous Signals.
|
||
* SIGVTALRM: (libc)Alarm Signals.
|
||
* SIGWINCH: (libc)Miscellaneous Signals.
|
||
* SIGXCPU: (libc)Operation Error Signals.
|
||
* SIGXFSZ: (libc)Operation Error Signals.
|
||
* SIG_ERR: (libc)Basic Signal Handling.
|
||
* SNAN: (libc)Infinity and NaN.
|
||
* SNANF: (libc)Infinity and NaN.
|
||
* SNANFN: (libc)Infinity and NaN.
|
||
* SNANFNx: (libc)Infinity and NaN.
|
||
* SNANL: (libc)Infinity and NaN.
|
||
* SOCK_DGRAM: (libc)Communication Styles.
|
||
* SOCK_RAW: (libc)Communication Styles.
|
||
* SOCK_RDM: (libc)Communication Styles.
|
||
* SOCK_SEQPACKET: (libc)Communication Styles.
|
||
* SOCK_STREAM: (libc)Communication Styles.
|
||
* SOL_SOCKET: (libc)Socket-Level Options.
|
||
* SSIZE_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
|
||
* STREAM_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
|
||
* SUN_LEN: (libc)Local Namespace Details.
|
||
* S_IFMT: (libc)Testing File Type.
|
||
* S_ISBLK: (libc)Testing File Type.
|
||
* S_ISCHR: (libc)Testing File Type.
|
||
* S_ISDIR: (libc)Testing File Type.
|
||
* S_ISFIFO: (libc)Testing File Type.
|
||
* S_ISLNK: (libc)Testing File Type.
|
||
* S_ISREG: (libc)Testing File Type.
|
||
* S_ISSOCK: (libc)Testing File Type.
|
||
* S_TYPEISMQ: (libc)Testing File Type.
|
||
* S_TYPEISSEM: (libc)Testing File Type.
|
||
* S_TYPEISSHM: (libc)Testing File Type.
|
||
* TMP_MAX: (libc)Temporary Files.
|
||
* TOSTOP: (libc)Local Modes.
|
||
* TZNAME_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
|
||
* VDISCARD: (libc)Other Special.
|
||
* VDSUSP: (libc)Signal Characters.
|
||
* VEOF: (libc)Editing Characters.
|
||
* VEOL2: (libc)Editing Characters.
|
||
* VEOL: (libc)Editing Characters.
|
||
* VERASE: (libc)Editing Characters.
|
||
* VINTR: (libc)Signal Characters.
|
||
* VKILL: (libc)Editing Characters.
|
||
* VLNEXT: (libc)Other Special.
|
||
* VMIN: (libc)Noncanonical Input.
|
||
* VQUIT: (libc)Signal Characters.
|
||
* VREPRINT: (libc)Editing Characters.
|
||
* VSTART: (libc)Start/Stop Characters.
|
||
* VSTATUS: (libc)Other Special.
|
||
* VSTOP: (libc)Start/Stop Characters.
|
||
* VSUSP: (libc)Signal Characters.
|
||
* VTIME: (libc)Noncanonical Input.
|
||
* VWERASE: (libc)Editing Characters.
|
||
* WCHAR_MAX: (libc)Extended Char Intro.
|
||
* WCHAR_MIN: (libc)Extended Char Intro.
|
||
* WCOREDUMP: (libc)Process Completion Status.
|
||
* WEOF: (libc)EOF and Errors.
|
||
* WEOF: (libc)Extended Char Intro.
|
||
* WEXITSTATUS: (libc)Process Completion Status.
|
||
* WIFEXITED: (libc)Process Completion Status.
|
||
* WIFSIGNALED: (libc)Process Completion Status.
|
||
* WIFSTOPPED: (libc)Process Completion Status.
|
||
* WSTOPSIG: (libc)Process Completion Status.
|
||
* WTERMSIG: (libc)Process Completion Status.
|
||
* W_OK: (libc)Testing File Access.
|
||
* X_OK: (libc)Testing File Access.
|
||
* _Complex_I: (libc)Complex Numbers.
|
||
* _Exit: (libc)Termination Internals.
|
||
* _IOFBF: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
|
||
* _IOLBF: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
|
||
* _IONBF: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
|
||
* _Imaginary_I: (libc)Complex Numbers.
|
||
* _PATH_UTMP: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
|
||
* _PATH_WTMP: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
|
||
* _POSIX2_C_DEV: (libc)System Options.
|
||
* _POSIX2_C_VERSION: (libc)Version Supported.
|
||
* _POSIX2_FORT_DEV: (libc)System Options.
|
||
* _POSIX2_FORT_RUN: (libc)System Options.
|
||
* _POSIX2_LOCALEDEF: (libc)System Options.
|
||
* _POSIX2_SW_DEV: (libc)System Options.
|
||
* _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED: (libc)Options for Files.
|
||
* _POSIX_JOB_CONTROL: (libc)System Options.
|
||
* _POSIX_NO_TRUNC: (libc)Options for Files.
|
||
* _POSIX_SAVED_IDS: (libc)System Options.
|
||
* _POSIX_VDISABLE: (libc)Options for Files.
|
||
* _POSIX_VERSION: (libc)Version Supported.
|
||
* __fbufsize: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
|
||
* __flbf: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
|
||
* __fpending: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
|
||
* __fpurge: (libc)Flushing Buffers.
|
||
* __freadable: (libc)Opening Streams.
|
||
* __freading: (libc)Opening Streams.
|
||
* __fsetlocking: (libc)Streams and Threads.
|
||
* __fwritable: (libc)Opening Streams.
|
||
* __fwriting: (libc)Opening Streams.
|
||
* __gconv_end_fct: (libc)glibc iconv Implementation.
|
||
* __gconv_fct: (libc)glibc iconv Implementation.
|
||
* __gconv_init_fct: (libc)glibc iconv Implementation.
|
||
* __ppc_get_timebase: (libc)PowerPC.
|
||
* __ppc_get_timebase_freq: (libc)PowerPC.
|
||
* __ppc_mdoio: (libc)PowerPC.
|
||
* __ppc_mdoom: (libc)PowerPC.
|
||
* __ppc_set_ppr_low: (libc)PowerPC.
|
||
* __ppc_set_ppr_med: (libc)PowerPC.
|
||
* __ppc_set_ppr_med_high: (libc)PowerPC.
|
||
* __ppc_set_ppr_med_low: (libc)PowerPC.
|
||
* __ppc_set_ppr_very_low: (libc)PowerPC.
|
||
* __ppc_yield: (libc)PowerPC.
|
||
* __riscv_flush_icache: (libc)RISC-V.
|
||
* __va_copy: (libc)Argument Macros.
|
||
* _exit: (libc)Termination Internals.
|
||
* _flushlbf: (libc)Flushing Buffers.
|
||
* _tolower: (libc)Case Conversion.
|
||
* _toupper: (libc)Case Conversion.
|
||
* a64l: (libc)Encode Binary Data.
|
||
* abort: (libc)Aborting a Program.
|
||
* abs: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* accept: (libc)Accepting Connections.
|
||
* access: (libc)Testing File Access.
|
||
* acos: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* acosf: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* acosfN: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* acosfNx: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* acosh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* acoshf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* acoshfN: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* acoshfNx: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* acoshl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* acosl: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* addmntent: (libc)mtab.
|
||
* addseverity: (libc)Adding Severity Classes.
|
||
* adjtime: (libc)High-Resolution Calendar.
|
||
* adjtimex: (libc)High-Resolution Calendar.
|
||
* aio_cancel64: (libc)Cancel AIO Operations.
|
||
* aio_cancel: (libc)Cancel AIO Operations.
|
||
* aio_error64: (libc)Status of AIO Operations.
|
||
* aio_error: (libc)Status of AIO Operations.
|
||
* aio_fsync64: (libc)Synchronizing AIO Operations.
|
||
* aio_fsync: (libc)Synchronizing AIO Operations.
|
||
* aio_init: (libc)Configuration of AIO.
|
||
* aio_read64: (libc)Asynchronous Reads/Writes.
|
||
* aio_read: (libc)Asynchronous Reads/Writes.
|
||
* aio_return64: (libc)Status of AIO Operations.
|
||
* aio_return: (libc)Status of AIO Operations.
|
||
* aio_suspend64: (libc)Synchronizing AIO Operations.
|
||
* aio_suspend: (libc)Synchronizing AIO Operations.
|
||
* aio_write64: (libc)Asynchronous Reads/Writes.
|
||
* aio_write: (libc)Asynchronous Reads/Writes.
|
||
* alarm: (libc)Setting an Alarm.
|
||
* aligned_alloc: (libc)Aligned Memory Blocks.
|
||
* alloca: (libc)Variable Size Automatic.
|
||
* alphasort64: (libc)Scanning Directory Content.
|
||
* alphasort: (libc)Scanning Directory Content.
|
||
* argp_error: (libc)Argp Helper Functions.
|
||
* argp_failure: (libc)Argp Helper Functions.
|
||
* argp_help: (libc)Argp Help.
|
||
* argp_parse: (libc)Argp.
|
||
* argp_state_help: (libc)Argp Helper Functions.
|
||
* argp_usage: (libc)Argp Helper Functions.
|
||
* argz_add: (libc)Argz Functions.
|
||
* argz_add_sep: (libc)Argz Functions.
|
||
* argz_append: (libc)Argz Functions.
|
||
* argz_count: (libc)Argz Functions.
|
||
* argz_create: (libc)Argz Functions.
|
||
* argz_create_sep: (libc)Argz Functions.
|
||
* argz_delete: (libc)Argz Functions.
|
||
* argz_extract: (libc)Argz Functions.
|
||
* argz_insert: (libc)Argz Functions.
|
||
* argz_next: (libc)Argz Functions.
|
||
* argz_replace: (libc)Argz Functions.
|
||
* argz_stringify: (libc)Argz Functions.
|
||
* asctime: (libc)Formatting Calendar Time.
|
||
* asctime_r: (libc)Formatting Calendar Time.
|
||
* asin: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* asinf: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* asinfN: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* asinfNx: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* asinh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* asinhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* asinhfN: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* asinhfNx: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* asinhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* asinl: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* asprintf: (libc)Dynamic Output.
|
||
* assert: (libc)Consistency Checking.
|
||
* assert_perror: (libc)Consistency Checking.
|
||
* atan2: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* atan2f: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* atan2fN: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* atan2fNx: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* atan2l: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* atan: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* atanf: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* atanfN: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* atanfNx: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* atanh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* atanhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* atanhfN: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* atanhfNx: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* atanhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* atanl: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* atexit: (libc)Cleanups on Exit.
|
||
* atof: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
|
||
* atoi: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* atol: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* atoll: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* backtrace: (libc)Backtraces.
|
||
* backtrace_symbols: (libc)Backtraces.
|
||
* backtrace_symbols_fd: (libc)Backtraces.
|
||
* basename: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
|
||
* basename: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
|
||
* bcmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
|
||
* bcopy: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* bind: (libc)Setting Address.
|
||
* bind_textdomain_codeset: (libc)Charset conversion in gettext.
|
||
* bindtextdomain: (libc)Locating gettext catalog.
|
||
* brk: (libc)Resizing the Data Segment.
|
||
* bsearch: (libc)Array Search Function.
|
||
* btowc: (libc)Converting a Character.
|
||
* bzero: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* cabs: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* cabsf: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* cabsfN: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* cabsfNx: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* cabsl: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* cacos: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* cacosf: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* cacosfN: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* cacosfNx: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* cacosh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* cacoshf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* cacoshfN: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* cacoshfNx: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* cacoshl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* cacosl: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* call_once: (libc)Call Once.
|
||
* calloc: (libc)Allocating Cleared Space.
|
||
* canonicalize: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* canonicalize_file_name: (libc)Symbolic Links.
|
||
* canonicalizef: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* canonicalizefN: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* canonicalizefNx: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* canonicalizel: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* carg: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* cargf: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* cargfN: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* cargfNx: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* cargl: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* casin: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* casinf: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* casinfN: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* casinfNx: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* casinh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* casinhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* casinhfN: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* casinhfNx: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* casinhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* casinl: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* catan: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* catanf: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* catanfN: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* catanfNx: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* catanh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* catanhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* catanhfN: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* catanhfNx: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* catanhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* catanl: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
|
||
* catclose: (libc)The catgets Functions.
|
||
* catgets: (libc)The catgets Functions.
|
||
* catopen: (libc)The catgets Functions.
|
||
* cbrt: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cbrtf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cbrtfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cbrtfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cbrtl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* ccos: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* ccosf: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* ccosfN: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* ccosfNx: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* ccosh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* ccoshf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* ccoshfN: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* ccoshfNx: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* ccoshl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* ccosl: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* ceil: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ceilf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ceilfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ceilfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ceill: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* cexp: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cexpf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cexpfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cexpfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cexpl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cfgetispeed: (libc)Line Speed.
|
||
* cfgetospeed: (libc)Line Speed.
|
||
* cfmakeraw: (libc)Noncanonical Input.
|
||
* cfsetispeed: (libc)Line Speed.
|
||
* cfsetospeed: (libc)Line Speed.
|
||
* cfsetspeed: (libc)Line Speed.
|
||
* chdir: (libc)Working Directory.
|
||
* chmod: (libc)Setting Permissions.
|
||
* chown: (libc)File Owner.
|
||
* cimag: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* cimagf: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* cimagfN: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* cimagfNx: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* cimagl: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* clearenv: (libc)Environment Access.
|
||
* clearerr: (libc)Error Recovery.
|
||
* clearerr_unlocked: (libc)Error Recovery.
|
||
* clock: (libc)CPU Time.
|
||
* clog10: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* clog10f: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* clog10fN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* clog10fNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* clog10l: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* clog: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* clogf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* clogfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* clogfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* clogl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* close: (libc)Opening and Closing Files.
|
||
* closedir: (libc)Reading/Closing Directory.
|
||
* closelog: (libc)closelog.
|
||
* cnd_broadcast: (libc)ISO C Condition Variables.
|
||
* cnd_destroy: (libc)ISO C Condition Variables.
|
||
* cnd_init: (libc)ISO C Condition Variables.
|
||
* cnd_signal: (libc)ISO C Condition Variables.
|
||
* cnd_timedwait: (libc)ISO C Condition Variables.
|
||
* cnd_wait: (libc)ISO C Condition Variables.
|
||
* confstr: (libc)String Parameters.
|
||
* conj: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* conjf: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* conjfN: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* conjfNx: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* conjl: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* connect: (libc)Connecting.
|
||
* copy_file_range: (libc)Copying File Data.
|
||
* copysign: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* copysignf: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* copysignfN: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* copysignfNx: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* copysignl: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* cos: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* cosf: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* cosfN: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* cosfNx: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* cosh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* coshf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* coshfN: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* coshfNx: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* coshl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* cosl: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* cpow: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cpowf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cpowfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cpowfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cpowl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* cproj: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* cprojf: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* cprojfN: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* cprojfNx: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* cprojl: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* creal: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* crealf: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* crealfN: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* crealfNx: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* creall: (libc)Operations on Complex.
|
||
* creat64: (libc)Opening and Closing Files.
|
||
* creat: (libc)Opening and Closing Files.
|
||
* crypt: (libc)Passphrase Storage.
|
||
* crypt_r: (libc)Passphrase Storage.
|
||
* csin: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* csinf: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* csinfN: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* csinfNx: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* csinh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* csinhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* csinhfN: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* csinhfNx: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* csinhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* csinl: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* csqrt: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* csqrtf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* csqrtfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* csqrtfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* csqrtl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* ctan: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* ctanf: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* ctanfN: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* ctanfNx: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* ctanh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* ctanhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* ctanhfN: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* ctanhfNx: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* ctanhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* ctanl: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* ctermid: (libc)Identifying the Terminal.
|
||
* ctime: (libc)Formatting Calendar Time.
|
||
* ctime_r: (libc)Formatting Calendar Time.
|
||
* cuserid: (libc)Who Logged In.
|
||
* daddl: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* dcgettext: (libc)Translation with gettext.
|
||
* dcngettext: (libc)Advanced gettext functions.
|
||
* ddivl: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* dgettext: (libc)Translation with gettext.
|
||
* difftime: (libc)Elapsed Time.
|
||
* dirfd: (libc)Opening a Directory.
|
||
* dirname: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
|
||
* div: (libc)Integer Division.
|
||
* dmull: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* dngettext: (libc)Advanced gettext functions.
|
||
* drand48: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* drand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* drem: (libc)Remainder Functions.
|
||
* dremf: (libc)Remainder Functions.
|
||
* dreml: (libc)Remainder Functions.
|
||
* dsubl: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* dup2: (libc)Duplicating Descriptors.
|
||
* dup: (libc)Duplicating Descriptors.
|
||
* ecvt: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
|
||
* ecvt_r: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
|
||
* endfsent: (libc)fstab.
|
||
* endgrent: (libc)Scanning All Groups.
|
||
* endhostent: (libc)Host Names.
|
||
* endmntent: (libc)mtab.
|
||
* endnetent: (libc)Networks Database.
|
||
* endnetgrent: (libc)Lookup Netgroup.
|
||
* endprotoent: (libc)Protocols Database.
|
||
* endpwent: (libc)Scanning All Users.
|
||
* endservent: (libc)Services Database.
|
||
* endutent: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
|
||
* endutxent: (libc)XPG Functions.
|
||
* envz_add: (libc)Envz Functions.
|
||
* envz_entry: (libc)Envz Functions.
|
||
* envz_get: (libc)Envz Functions.
|
||
* envz_merge: (libc)Envz Functions.
|
||
* envz_remove: (libc)Envz Functions.
|
||
* envz_strip: (libc)Envz Functions.
|
||
* erand48: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* erand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* erf: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* erfc: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* erfcf: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* erfcfN: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* erfcfNx: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* erfcl: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* erff: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* erffN: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* erffNx: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* erfl: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* err: (libc)Error Messages.
|
||
* errno: (libc)Checking for Errors.
|
||
* error: (libc)Error Messages.
|
||
* error_at_line: (libc)Error Messages.
|
||
* errx: (libc)Error Messages.
|
||
* execl: (libc)Executing a File.
|
||
* execle: (libc)Executing a File.
|
||
* execlp: (libc)Executing a File.
|
||
* execv: (libc)Executing a File.
|
||
* execve: (libc)Executing a File.
|
||
* execvp: (libc)Executing a File.
|
||
* exit: (libc)Normal Termination.
|
||
* exp10: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* exp10f: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* exp10fN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* exp10fNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* exp10l: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* exp2: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* exp2f: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* exp2fN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* exp2fNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* exp2l: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* exp: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* expf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* expfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* expfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* expl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* explicit_bzero: (libc)Erasing Sensitive Data.
|
||
* expm1: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* expm1f: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* expm1fN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* expm1fNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* expm1l: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* fMaddfN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMaddfNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMdivfN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMdivfNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMmulfN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMmulfNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMsubfN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMsubfNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMxaddfN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMxaddfNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMxdivfN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMxdivfNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMxmulfN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMxmulfNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMxsubfN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fMxsubfNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fabs: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* fabsf: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* fabsfN: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* fabsfNx: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* fabsl: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* fadd: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* faddl: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fchdir: (libc)Working Directory.
|
||
* fchmod: (libc)Setting Permissions.
|
||
* fchown: (libc)File Owner.
|
||
* fclose: (libc)Closing Streams.
|
||
* fcloseall: (libc)Closing Streams.
|
||
* fcntl: (libc)Control Operations.
|
||
* fcvt: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
|
||
* fcvt_r: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
|
||
* fdatasync: (libc)Synchronizing I/O.
|
||
* fdim: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fdimf: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fdimfN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fdimfNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fdiml: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fdiv: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fdivl: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fdopen: (libc)Descriptors and Streams.
|
||
* fdopendir: (libc)Opening a Directory.
|
||
* feclearexcept: (libc)Status bit operations.
|
||
* fedisableexcept: (libc)Control Functions.
|
||
* feenableexcept: (libc)Control Functions.
|
||
* fegetenv: (libc)Control Functions.
|
||
* fegetexcept: (libc)Control Functions.
|
||
* fegetexceptflag: (libc)Status bit operations.
|
||
* fegetmode: (libc)Control Functions.
|
||
* fegetround: (libc)Rounding.
|
||
* feholdexcept: (libc)Control Functions.
|
||
* feof: (libc)EOF and Errors.
|
||
* feof_unlocked: (libc)EOF and Errors.
|
||
* feraiseexcept: (libc)Status bit operations.
|
||
* ferror: (libc)EOF and Errors.
|
||
* ferror_unlocked: (libc)EOF and Errors.
|
||
* fesetenv: (libc)Control Functions.
|
||
* fesetexcept: (libc)Status bit operations.
|
||
* fesetexceptflag: (libc)Status bit operations.
|
||
* fesetmode: (libc)Control Functions.
|
||
* fesetround: (libc)Rounding.
|
||
* fetestexcept: (libc)Status bit operations.
|
||
* fetestexceptflag: (libc)Status bit operations.
|
||
* feupdateenv: (libc)Control Functions.
|
||
* fflush: (libc)Flushing Buffers.
|
||
* fflush_unlocked: (libc)Flushing Buffers.
|
||
* fgetc: (libc)Character Input.
|
||
* fgetc_unlocked: (libc)Character Input.
|
||
* fgetgrent: (libc)Scanning All Groups.
|
||
* fgetgrent_r: (libc)Scanning All Groups.
|
||
* fgetpos64: (libc)Portable Positioning.
|
||
* fgetpos: (libc)Portable Positioning.
|
||
* fgetpwent: (libc)Scanning All Users.
|
||
* fgetpwent_r: (libc)Scanning All Users.
|
||
* fgets: (libc)Line Input.
|
||
* fgets_unlocked: (libc)Line Input.
|
||
* fgetwc: (libc)Character Input.
|
||
* fgetwc_unlocked: (libc)Character Input.
|
||
* fgetws: (libc)Line Input.
|
||
* fgetws_unlocked: (libc)Line Input.
|
||
* fileno: (libc)Descriptors and Streams.
|
||
* fileno_unlocked: (libc)Descriptors and Streams.
|
||
* finite: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* finitef: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* finitel: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* flockfile: (libc)Streams and Threads.
|
||
* floor: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* floorf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* floorfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* floorfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* floorl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* fma: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmaf: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmafN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmafNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmal: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmax: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmaxf: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmaxfN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmaxfNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmaxl: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmaxmag: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmaxmagf: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmaxmagfN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmaxmagfNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmaxmagl: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmemopen: (libc)String Streams.
|
||
* fmin: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fminf: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fminfN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fminfNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fminl: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fminmag: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fminmagf: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fminmagfN: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fminmagfNx: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fminmagl: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmod: (libc)Remainder Functions.
|
||
* fmodf: (libc)Remainder Functions.
|
||
* fmodfN: (libc)Remainder Functions.
|
||
* fmodfNx: (libc)Remainder Functions.
|
||
* fmodl: (libc)Remainder Functions.
|
||
* fmtmsg: (libc)Printing Formatted Messages.
|
||
* fmul: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fmull: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fnmatch: (libc)Wildcard Matching.
|
||
* fopen64: (libc)Opening Streams.
|
||
* fopen: (libc)Opening Streams.
|
||
* fopencookie: (libc)Streams and Cookies.
|
||
* fork: (libc)Creating a Process.
|
||
* forkpty: (libc)Pseudo-Terminal Pairs.
|
||
* fpathconf: (libc)Pathconf.
|
||
* fpclassify: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* fprintf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
|
||
* fputc: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* fputc_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* fputs: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* fputs_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* fputwc: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* fputwc_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* fputws: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* fputws_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* fread: (libc)Block Input/Output.
|
||
* fread_unlocked: (libc)Block Input/Output.
|
||
* free: (libc)Freeing after Malloc.
|
||
* freopen64: (libc)Opening Streams.
|
||
* freopen: (libc)Opening Streams.
|
||
* frexp: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* frexpf: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* frexpfN: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* frexpfNx: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* frexpl: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* fromfp: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* fromfpf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* fromfpfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* fromfpfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* fromfpl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* fromfpx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* fromfpxf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* fromfpxfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* fromfpxfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* fromfpxl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* fscanf: (libc)Formatted Input Functions.
|
||
* fseek: (libc)File Positioning.
|
||
* fseeko64: (libc)File Positioning.
|
||
* fseeko: (libc)File Positioning.
|
||
* fsetpos64: (libc)Portable Positioning.
|
||
* fsetpos: (libc)Portable Positioning.
|
||
* fstat64: (libc)Reading Attributes.
|
||
* fstat: (libc)Reading Attributes.
|
||
* fsub: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fsubl: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
|
||
* fsync: (libc)Synchronizing I/O.
|
||
* ftell: (libc)File Positioning.
|
||
* ftello64: (libc)File Positioning.
|
||
* ftello: (libc)File Positioning.
|
||
* ftruncate64: (libc)File Size.
|
||
* ftruncate: (libc)File Size.
|
||
* ftrylockfile: (libc)Streams and Threads.
|
||
* ftw64: (libc)Working with Directory Trees.
|
||
* ftw: (libc)Working with Directory Trees.
|
||
* funlockfile: (libc)Streams and Threads.
|
||
* futimes: (libc)File Times.
|
||
* fwide: (libc)Streams and I18N.
|
||
* fwprintf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
|
||
* fwrite: (libc)Block Input/Output.
|
||
* fwrite_unlocked: (libc)Block Input/Output.
|
||
* fwscanf: (libc)Formatted Input Functions.
|
||
* gamma: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* gammaf: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* gammal: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* gcvt: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
|
||
* get_avphys_pages: (libc)Query Memory Parameters.
|
||
* get_current_dir_name: (libc)Working Directory.
|
||
* get_nprocs: (libc)Processor Resources.
|
||
* get_nprocs_conf: (libc)Processor Resources.
|
||
* get_phys_pages: (libc)Query Memory Parameters.
|
||
* getauxval: (libc)Auxiliary Vector.
|
||
* getc: (libc)Character Input.
|
||
* getc_unlocked: (libc)Character Input.
|
||
* getchar: (libc)Character Input.
|
||
* getchar_unlocked: (libc)Character Input.
|
||
* getcontext: (libc)System V contexts.
|
||
* getcwd: (libc)Working Directory.
|
||
* getdate: (libc)General Time String Parsing.
|
||
* getdate_r: (libc)General Time String Parsing.
|
||
* getdelim: (libc)Line Input.
|
||
* getdomainnname: (libc)Host Identification.
|
||
* getegid: (libc)Reading Persona.
|
||
* getentropy: (libc)Unpredictable Bytes.
|
||
* getenv: (libc)Environment Access.
|
||
* geteuid: (libc)Reading Persona.
|
||
* getfsent: (libc)fstab.
|
||
* getfsfile: (libc)fstab.
|
||
* getfsspec: (libc)fstab.
|
||
* getgid: (libc)Reading Persona.
|
||
* getgrent: (libc)Scanning All Groups.
|
||
* getgrent_r: (libc)Scanning All Groups.
|
||
* getgrgid: (libc)Lookup Group.
|
||
* getgrgid_r: (libc)Lookup Group.
|
||
* getgrnam: (libc)Lookup Group.
|
||
* getgrnam_r: (libc)Lookup Group.
|
||
* getgrouplist: (libc)Setting Groups.
|
||
* getgroups: (libc)Reading Persona.
|
||
* gethostbyaddr: (libc)Host Names.
|
||
* gethostbyaddr_r: (libc)Host Names.
|
||
* gethostbyname2: (libc)Host Names.
|
||
* gethostbyname2_r: (libc)Host Names.
|
||
* gethostbyname: (libc)Host Names.
|
||
* gethostbyname_r: (libc)Host Names.
|
||
* gethostent: (libc)Host Names.
|
||
* gethostid: (libc)Host Identification.
|
||
* gethostname: (libc)Host Identification.
|
||
* getitimer: (libc)Setting an Alarm.
|
||
* getline: (libc)Line Input.
|
||
* getloadavg: (libc)Processor Resources.
|
||
* getlogin: (libc)Who Logged In.
|
||
* getmntent: (libc)mtab.
|
||
* getmntent_r: (libc)mtab.
|
||
* getnetbyaddr: (libc)Networks Database.
|
||
* getnetbyname: (libc)Networks Database.
|
||
* getnetent: (libc)Networks Database.
|
||
* getnetgrent: (libc)Lookup Netgroup.
|
||
* getnetgrent_r: (libc)Lookup Netgroup.
|
||
* getopt: (libc)Using Getopt.
|
||
* getopt_long: (libc)Getopt Long Options.
|
||
* getopt_long_only: (libc)Getopt Long Options.
|
||
* getpagesize: (libc)Query Memory Parameters.
|
||
* getpass: (libc)getpass.
|
||
* getpayload: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* getpayloadf: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* getpayloadfN: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* getpayloadfNx: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* getpayloadl: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* getpeername: (libc)Who is Connected.
|
||
* getpgid: (libc)Process Group Functions.
|
||
* getpgrp: (libc)Process Group Functions.
|
||
* getpid: (libc)Process Identification.
|
||
* getppid: (libc)Process Identification.
|
||
* getpriority: (libc)Traditional Scheduling Functions.
|
||
* getprotobyname: (libc)Protocols Database.
|
||
* getprotobynumber: (libc)Protocols Database.
|
||
* getprotoent: (libc)Protocols Database.
|
||
* getpt: (libc)Allocation.
|
||
* getpwent: (libc)Scanning All Users.
|
||
* getpwent_r: (libc)Scanning All Users.
|
||
* getpwnam: (libc)Lookup User.
|
||
* getpwnam_r: (libc)Lookup User.
|
||
* getpwuid: (libc)Lookup User.
|
||
* getpwuid_r: (libc)Lookup User.
|
||
* getrandom: (libc)Unpredictable Bytes.
|
||
* getrlimit64: (libc)Limits on Resources.
|
||
* getrlimit: (libc)Limits on Resources.
|
||
* getrusage: (libc)Resource Usage.
|
||
* gets: (libc)Line Input.
|
||
* getservbyname: (libc)Services Database.
|
||
* getservbyport: (libc)Services Database.
|
||
* getservent: (libc)Services Database.
|
||
* getsid: (libc)Process Group Functions.
|
||
* getsockname: (libc)Reading Address.
|
||
* getsockopt: (libc)Socket Option Functions.
|
||
* getsubopt: (libc)Suboptions.
|
||
* gettext: (libc)Translation with gettext.
|
||
* gettimeofday: (libc)High-Resolution Calendar.
|
||
* getuid: (libc)Reading Persona.
|
||
* getumask: (libc)Setting Permissions.
|
||
* getutent: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
|
||
* getutent_r: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
|
||
* getutid: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
|
||
* getutid_r: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
|
||
* getutline: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
|
||
* getutline_r: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
|
||
* getutmp: (libc)XPG Functions.
|
||
* getutmpx: (libc)XPG Functions.
|
||
* getutxent: (libc)XPG Functions.
|
||
* getutxid: (libc)XPG Functions.
|
||
* getutxline: (libc)XPG Functions.
|
||
* getw: (libc)Character Input.
|
||
* getwc: (libc)Character Input.
|
||
* getwc_unlocked: (libc)Character Input.
|
||
* getwchar: (libc)Character Input.
|
||
* getwchar_unlocked: (libc)Character Input.
|
||
* getwd: (libc)Working Directory.
|
||
* glob64: (libc)Calling Glob.
|
||
* glob: (libc)Calling Glob.
|
||
* globfree64: (libc)More Flags for Globbing.
|
||
* globfree: (libc)More Flags for Globbing.
|
||
* gmtime: (libc)Broken-down Time.
|
||
* gmtime_r: (libc)Broken-down Time.
|
||
* grantpt: (libc)Allocation.
|
||
* gsignal: (libc)Signaling Yourself.
|
||
* gtty: (libc)BSD Terminal Modes.
|
||
* hasmntopt: (libc)mtab.
|
||
* hcreate: (libc)Hash Search Function.
|
||
* hcreate_r: (libc)Hash Search Function.
|
||
* hdestroy: (libc)Hash Search Function.
|
||
* hdestroy_r: (libc)Hash Search Function.
|
||
* hsearch: (libc)Hash Search Function.
|
||
* hsearch_r: (libc)Hash Search Function.
|
||
* htonl: (libc)Byte Order.
|
||
* htons: (libc)Byte Order.
|
||
* hypot: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* hypotf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* hypotfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* hypotfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* hypotl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* iconv: (libc)Generic Conversion Interface.
|
||
* iconv_close: (libc)Generic Conversion Interface.
|
||
* iconv_open: (libc)Generic Conversion Interface.
|
||
* if_freenameindex: (libc)Interface Naming.
|
||
* if_indextoname: (libc)Interface Naming.
|
||
* if_nameindex: (libc)Interface Naming.
|
||
* if_nametoindex: (libc)Interface Naming.
|
||
* ilogb: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* ilogbf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* ilogbfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* ilogbfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* ilogbl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* imaxabs: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* imaxdiv: (libc)Integer Division.
|
||
* in6addr_any: (libc)Host Address Data Type.
|
||
* in6addr_loopback: (libc)Host Address Data Type.
|
||
* index: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* inet_addr: (libc)Host Address Functions.
|
||
* inet_aton: (libc)Host Address Functions.
|
||
* inet_lnaof: (libc)Host Address Functions.
|
||
* inet_makeaddr: (libc)Host Address Functions.
|
||
* inet_netof: (libc)Host Address Functions.
|
||
* inet_network: (libc)Host Address Functions.
|
||
* inet_ntoa: (libc)Host Address Functions.
|
||
* inet_ntop: (libc)Host Address Functions.
|
||
* inet_pton: (libc)Host Address Functions.
|
||
* initgroups: (libc)Setting Groups.
|
||
* initstate: (libc)BSD Random.
|
||
* initstate_r: (libc)BSD Random.
|
||
* innetgr: (libc)Netgroup Membership.
|
||
* ioctl: (libc)IOCTLs.
|
||
* isalnum: (libc)Classification of Characters.
|
||
* isalpha: (libc)Classification of Characters.
|
||
* isascii: (libc)Classification of Characters.
|
||
* isatty: (libc)Is It a Terminal.
|
||
* isblank: (libc)Classification of Characters.
|
||
* iscanonical: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* iscntrl: (libc)Classification of Characters.
|
||
* isdigit: (libc)Classification of Characters.
|
||
* iseqsig: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* isfinite: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* isgraph: (libc)Classification of Characters.
|
||
* isgreater: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* isgreaterequal: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* isinf: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* isinff: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* isinfl: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* isless: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* islessequal: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* islessgreater: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* islower: (libc)Classification of Characters.
|
||
* isnan: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* isnan: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* isnanf: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* isnanl: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* isnormal: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* isprint: (libc)Classification of Characters.
|
||
* ispunct: (libc)Classification of Characters.
|
||
* issignaling: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* isspace: (libc)Classification of Characters.
|
||
* issubnormal: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* isunordered: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* isupper: (libc)Classification of Characters.
|
||
* iswalnum: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* iswalpha: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* iswblank: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* iswcntrl: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* iswctype: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* iswdigit: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* iswgraph: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* iswlower: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* iswprint: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* iswpunct: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* iswspace: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* iswupper: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* iswxdigit: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* isxdigit: (libc)Classification of Characters.
|
||
* iszero: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
|
||
* j0: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* j0f: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* j0fN: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* j0fNx: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* j0l: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* j1: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* j1f: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* j1fN: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* j1fNx: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* j1l: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* jn: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* jnf: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* jnfN: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* jnfNx: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* jnl: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* jrand48: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* jrand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* kill: (libc)Signaling Another Process.
|
||
* killpg: (libc)Signaling Another Process.
|
||
* l64a: (libc)Encode Binary Data.
|
||
* labs: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* lcong48: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* lcong48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* ldexp: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* ldexpf: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* ldexpfN: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* ldexpfNx: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* ldexpl: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* ldiv: (libc)Integer Division.
|
||
* lfind: (libc)Array Search Function.
|
||
* lgamma: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* lgamma_r: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* lgammaf: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* lgammafN: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* lgammafN_r: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* lgammafNx: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* lgammafNx_r: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* lgammaf_r: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* lgammal: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* lgammal_r: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* link: (libc)Hard Links.
|
||
* linkat: (libc)Hard Links.
|
||
* lio_listio64: (libc)Asynchronous Reads/Writes.
|
||
* lio_listio: (libc)Asynchronous Reads/Writes.
|
||
* listen: (libc)Listening.
|
||
* llabs: (libc)Absolute Value.
|
||
* lldiv: (libc)Integer Division.
|
||
* llogb: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* llogbf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* llogbfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* llogbfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* llogbl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* llrint: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* llrintf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* llrintfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* llrintfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* llrintl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* llround: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* llroundf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* llroundfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* llroundfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* llroundl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* localeconv: (libc)The Lame Way to Locale Data.
|
||
* localtime: (libc)Broken-down Time.
|
||
* localtime_r: (libc)Broken-down Time.
|
||
* log10: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log10f: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log10fN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log10fNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log10l: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log1p: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log1pf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log1pfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log1pfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log1pl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log2: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log2f: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log2fN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log2fNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log2l: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* log: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* logb: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* logbf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* logbfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* logbfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* logbl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* logf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* logfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* logfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* login: (libc)Logging In and Out.
|
||
* login_tty: (libc)Logging In and Out.
|
||
* logl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* logout: (libc)Logging In and Out.
|
||
* logwtmp: (libc)Logging In and Out.
|
||
* longjmp: (libc)Non-Local Details.
|
||
* lrand48: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* lrand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* lrint: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* lrintf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* lrintfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* lrintfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* lrintl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* lround: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* lroundf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* lroundfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* lroundfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* lroundl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* lsearch: (libc)Array Search Function.
|
||
* lseek64: (libc)File Position Primitive.
|
||
* lseek: (libc)File Position Primitive.
|
||
* lstat64: (libc)Reading Attributes.
|
||
* lstat: (libc)Reading Attributes.
|
||
* lutimes: (libc)File Times.
|
||
* madvise: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
|
||
* makecontext: (libc)System V contexts.
|
||
* mallinfo: (libc)Statistics of Malloc.
|
||
* malloc: (libc)Basic Allocation.
|
||
* mallopt: (libc)Malloc Tunable Parameters.
|
||
* mblen: (libc)Non-reentrant Character Conversion.
|
||
* mbrlen: (libc)Converting a Character.
|
||
* mbrtowc: (libc)Converting a Character.
|
||
* mbsinit: (libc)Keeping the state.
|
||
* mbsnrtowcs: (libc)Converting Strings.
|
||
* mbsrtowcs: (libc)Converting Strings.
|
||
* mbstowcs: (libc)Non-reentrant String Conversion.
|
||
* mbtowc: (libc)Non-reentrant Character Conversion.
|
||
* mcheck: (libc)Heap Consistency Checking.
|
||
* memalign: (libc)Aligned Memory Blocks.
|
||
* memccpy: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* memchr: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* memcmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
|
||
* memcpy: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* memfd_create: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
|
||
* memfrob: (libc)Obfuscating Data.
|
||
* memmem: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* memmove: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* mempcpy: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* memrchr: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* memset: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* mkdir: (libc)Creating Directories.
|
||
* mkdtemp: (libc)Temporary Files.
|
||
* mkfifo: (libc)FIFO Special Files.
|
||
* mknod: (libc)Making Special Files.
|
||
* mkstemp: (libc)Temporary Files.
|
||
* mktemp: (libc)Temporary Files.
|
||
* mktime: (libc)Broken-down Time.
|
||
* mlock2: (libc)Page Lock Functions.
|
||
* mlock: (libc)Page Lock Functions.
|
||
* mlockall: (libc)Page Lock Functions.
|
||
* mmap64: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
|
||
* mmap: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
|
||
* modf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* modff: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* modffN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* modffNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* modfl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* mount: (libc)Mount-Unmount-Remount.
|
||
* mprobe: (libc)Heap Consistency Checking.
|
||
* mprotect: (libc)Memory Protection.
|
||
* mrand48: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* mrand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* mremap: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
|
||
* msync: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
|
||
* mtrace: (libc)Tracing malloc.
|
||
* mtx_destroy: (libc)ISO C Mutexes.
|
||
* mtx_init: (libc)ISO C Mutexes.
|
||
* mtx_lock: (libc)ISO C Mutexes.
|
||
* mtx_timedlock: (libc)ISO C Mutexes.
|
||
* mtx_trylock: (libc)ISO C Mutexes.
|
||
* mtx_unlock: (libc)ISO C Mutexes.
|
||
* munlock: (libc)Page Lock Functions.
|
||
* munlockall: (libc)Page Lock Functions.
|
||
* munmap: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
|
||
* muntrace: (libc)Tracing malloc.
|
||
* nan: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nanf: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nanfN: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nanfNx: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nanl: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nanosleep: (libc)Sleeping.
|
||
* nearbyint: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* nearbyintf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* nearbyintfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* nearbyintfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* nearbyintl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* nextafter: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextafterf: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextafterfN: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextafterfNx: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextafterl: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextdown: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextdownf: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextdownfN: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextdownfNx: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextdownl: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nexttoward: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nexttowardf: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nexttowardl: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextup: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextupf: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextupfN: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextupfNx: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nextupl: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* nftw64: (libc)Working with Directory Trees.
|
||
* nftw: (libc)Working with Directory Trees.
|
||
* ngettext: (libc)Advanced gettext functions.
|
||
* nice: (libc)Traditional Scheduling Functions.
|
||
* nl_langinfo: (libc)The Elegant and Fast Way.
|
||
* nrand48: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* nrand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* ntohl: (libc)Byte Order.
|
||
* ntohs: (libc)Byte Order.
|
||
* ntp_adjtime: (libc)High Accuracy Clock.
|
||
* ntp_gettime: (libc)High Accuracy Clock.
|
||
* obstack_1grow: (libc)Growing Objects.
|
||
* obstack_1grow_fast: (libc)Extra Fast Growing.
|
||
* obstack_alignment_mask: (libc)Obstacks Data Alignment.
|
||
* obstack_alloc: (libc)Allocation in an Obstack.
|
||
* obstack_base: (libc)Status of an Obstack.
|
||
* obstack_blank: (libc)Growing Objects.
|
||
* obstack_blank_fast: (libc)Extra Fast Growing.
|
||
* obstack_chunk_size: (libc)Obstack Chunks.
|
||
* obstack_copy0: (libc)Allocation in an Obstack.
|
||
* obstack_copy: (libc)Allocation in an Obstack.
|
||
* obstack_finish: (libc)Growing Objects.
|
||
* obstack_free: (libc)Freeing Obstack Objects.
|
||
* obstack_grow0: (libc)Growing Objects.
|
||
* obstack_grow: (libc)Growing Objects.
|
||
* obstack_init: (libc)Preparing for Obstacks.
|
||
* obstack_int_grow: (libc)Growing Objects.
|
||
* obstack_int_grow_fast: (libc)Extra Fast Growing.
|
||
* obstack_next_free: (libc)Status of an Obstack.
|
||
* obstack_object_size: (libc)Growing Objects.
|
||
* obstack_object_size: (libc)Status of an Obstack.
|
||
* obstack_printf: (libc)Dynamic Output.
|
||
* obstack_ptr_grow: (libc)Growing Objects.
|
||
* obstack_ptr_grow_fast: (libc)Extra Fast Growing.
|
||
* obstack_room: (libc)Extra Fast Growing.
|
||
* obstack_vprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
|
||
* offsetof: (libc)Structure Measurement.
|
||
* on_exit: (libc)Cleanups on Exit.
|
||
* open64: (libc)Opening and Closing Files.
|
||
* open: (libc)Opening and Closing Files.
|
||
* open_memstream: (libc)String Streams.
|
||
* opendir: (libc)Opening a Directory.
|
||
* openlog: (libc)openlog.
|
||
* openpty: (libc)Pseudo-Terminal Pairs.
|
||
* parse_printf_format: (libc)Parsing a Template String.
|
||
* pathconf: (libc)Pathconf.
|
||
* pause: (libc)Using Pause.
|
||
* pclose: (libc)Pipe to a Subprocess.
|
||
* perror: (libc)Error Messages.
|
||
* pipe: (libc)Creating a Pipe.
|
||
* pkey_alloc: (libc)Memory Protection.
|
||
* pkey_free: (libc)Memory Protection.
|
||
* pkey_get: (libc)Memory Protection.
|
||
* pkey_mprotect: (libc)Memory Protection.
|
||
* pkey_set: (libc)Memory Protection.
|
||
* popen: (libc)Pipe to a Subprocess.
|
||
* posix_fallocate64: (libc)Storage Allocation.
|
||
* posix_fallocate: (libc)Storage Allocation.
|
||
* posix_memalign: (libc)Aligned Memory Blocks.
|
||
* pow: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* powf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* powfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* powfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* powl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* pread64: (libc)I/O Primitives.
|
||
* pread: (libc)I/O Primitives.
|
||
* preadv2: (libc)Scatter-Gather.
|
||
* preadv64: (libc)Scatter-Gather.
|
||
* preadv64v2: (libc)Scatter-Gather.
|
||
* preadv: (libc)Scatter-Gather.
|
||
* printf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
|
||
* printf_size: (libc)Predefined Printf Handlers.
|
||
* printf_size_info: (libc)Predefined Printf Handlers.
|
||
* psignal: (libc)Signal Messages.
|
||
* pthread_getattr_default_np: (libc)Default Thread Attributes.
|
||
* pthread_getspecific: (libc)Thread-specific Data.
|
||
* pthread_key_create: (libc)Thread-specific Data.
|
||
* pthread_key_delete: (libc)Thread-specific Data.
|
||
* pthread_setattr_default_np: (libc)Default Thread Attributes.
|
||
* pthread_setspecific: (libc)Thread-specific Data.
|
||
* ptsname: (libc)Allocation.
|
||
* ptsname_r: (libc)Allocation.
|
||
* putc: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* putc_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* putchar: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* putchar_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* putenv: (libc)Environment Access.
|
||
* putpwent: (libc)Writing a User Entry.
|
||
* puts: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* pututline: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
|
||
* pututxline: (libc)XPG Functions.
|
||
* putw: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* putwc: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* putwc_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* putwchar: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* putwchar_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
|
||
* pwrite64: (libc)I/O Primitives.
|
||
* pwrite: (libc)I/O Primitives.
|
||
* pwritev2: (libc)Scatter-Gather.
|
||
* pwritev64: (libc)Scatter-Gather.
|
||
* pwritev64v2: (libc)Scatter-Gather.
|
||
* pwritev: (libc)Scatter-Gather.
|
||
* qecvt: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
|
||
* qecvt_r: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
|
||
* qfcvt: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
|
||
* qfcvt_r: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
|
||
* qgcvt: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
|
||
* qsort: (libc)Array Sort Function.
|
||
* raise: (libc)Signaling Yourself.
|
||
* rand: (libc)ISO Random.
|
||
* rand_r: (libc)ISO Random.
|
||
* random: (libc)BSD Random.
|
||
* random_r: (libc)BSD Random.
|
||
* rawmemchr: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* read: (libc)I/O Primitives.
|
||
* readdir64: (libc)Reading/Closing Directory.
|
||
* readdir64_r: (libc)Reading/Closing Directory.
|
||
* readdir: (libc)Reading/Closing Directory.
|
||
* readdir_r: (libc)Reading/Closing Directory.
|
||
* readlink: (libc)Symbolic Links.
|
||
* readv: (libc)Scatter-Gather.
|
||
* realloc: (libc)Changing Block Size.
|
||
* reallocarray: (libc)Changing Block Size.
|
||
* realpath: (libc)Symbolic Links.
|
||
* recv: (libc)Receiving Data.
|
||
* recvfrom: (libc)Receiving Datagrams.
|
||
* recvmsg: (libc)Receiving Datagrams.
|
||
* regcomp: (libc)POSIX Regexp Compilation.
|
||
* regerror: (libc)Regexp Cleanup.
|
||
* regexec: (libc)Matching POSIX Regexps.
|
||
* regfree: (libc)Regexp Cleanup.
|
||
* register_printf_function: (libc)Registering New Conversions.
|
||
* remainder: (libc)Remainder Functions.
|
||
* remainderf: (libc)Remainder Functions.
|
||
* remainderfN: (libc)Remainder Functions.
|
||
* remainderfNx: (libc)Remainder Functions.
|
||
* remainderl: (libc)Remainder Functions.
|
||
* remove: (libc)Deleting Files.
|
||
* rename: (libc)Renaming Files.
|
||
* rewind: (libc)File Positioning.
|
||
* rewinddir: (libc)Random Access Directory.
|
||
* rindex: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* rint: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* rintf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* rintfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* rintfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* rintl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* rmdir: (libc)Deleting Files.
|
||
* round: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* roundeven: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* roundevenf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* roundevenfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* roundevenfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* roundevenl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* roundf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* roundfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* roundfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* roundl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* rpmatch: (libc)Yes-or-No Questions.
|
||
* sbrk: (libc)Resizing the Data Segment.
|
||
* scalb: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* scalbf: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* scalbl: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* scalbln: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* scalblnf: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* scalblnfN: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* scalblnfNx: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* scalblnl: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* scalbn: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* scalbnf: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* scalbnfN: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* scalbnfNx: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* scalbnl: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* scandir64: (libc)Scanning Directory Content.
|
||
* scandir: (libc)Scanning Directory Content.
|
||
* scanf: (libc)Formatted Input Functions.
|
||
* sched_get_priority_max: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
|
||
* sched_get_priority_min: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
|
||
* sched_getaffinity: (libc)CPU Affinity.
|
||
* sched_getparam: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
|
||
* sched_getscheduler: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
|
||
* sched_rr_get_interval: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
|
||
* sched_setaffinity: (libc)CPU Affinity.
|
||
* sched_setparam: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
|
||
* sched_setscheduler: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
|
||
* sched_yield: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
|
||
* secure_getenv: (libc)Environment Access.
|
||
* seed48: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* seed48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* seekdir: (libc)Random Access Directory.
|
||
* select: (libc)Waiting for I/O.
|
||
* sem_close: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* sem_destroy: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* sem_getvalue: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* sem_init: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* sem_open: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* sem_post: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* sem_timedwait: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* sem_trywait: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* sem_unlink: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* sem_wait: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* semctl: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* semget: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* semop: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* semtimedop: (libc)Semaphores.
|
||
* send: (libc)Sending Data.
|
||
* sendmsg: (libc)Receiving Datagrams.
|
||
* sendto: (libc)Sending Datagrams.
|
||
* setbuf: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
|
||
* setbuffer: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
|
||
* setcontext: (libc)System V contexts.
|
||
* setdomainname: (libc)Host Identification.
|
||
* setegid: (libc)Setting Groups.
|
||
* setenv: (libc)Environment Access.
|
||
* seteuid: (libc)Setting User ID.
|
||
* setfsent: (libc)fstab.
|
||
* setgid: (libc)Setting Groups.
|
||
* setgrent: (libc)Scanning All Groups.
|
||
* setgroups: (libc)Setting Groups.
|
||
* sethostent: (libc)Host Names.
|
||
* sethostid: (libc)Host Identification.
|
||
* sethostname: (libc)Host Identification.
|
||
* setitimer: (libc)Setting an Alarm.
|
||
* setjmp: (libc)Non-Local Details.
|
||
* setlinebuf: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
|
||
* setlocale: (libc)Setting the Locale.
|
||
* setlogmask: (libc)setlogmask.
|
||
* setmntent: (libc)mtab.
|
||
* setnetent: (libc)Networks Database.
|
||
* setnetgrent: (libc)Lookup Netgroup.
|
||
* setpayload: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* setpayloadf: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* setpayloadfN: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* setpayloadfNx: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* setpayloadl: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* setpayloadsig: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* setpayloadsigf: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* setpayloadsigfN: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* setpayloadsigfNx: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* setpayloadsigl: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* setpgid: (libc)Process Group Functions.
|
||
* setpgrp: (libc)Process Group Functions.
|
||
* setpriority: (libc)Traditional Scheduling Functions.
|
||
* setprotoent: (libc)Protocols Database.
|
||
* setpwent: (libc)Scanning All Users.
|
||
* setregid: (libc)Setting Groups.
|
||
* setreuid: (libc)Setting User ID.
|
||
* setrlimit64: (libc)Limits on Resources.
|
||
* setrlimit: (libc)Limits on Resources.
|
||
* setservent: (libc)Services Database.
|
||
* setsid: (libc)Process Group Functions.
|
||
* setsockopt: (libc)Socket Option Functions.
|
||
* setstate: (libc)BSD Random.
|
||
* setstate_r: (libc)BSD Random.
|
||
* settimeofday: (libc)High-Resolution Calendar.
|
||
* setuid: (libc)Setting User ID.
|
||
* setutent: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
|
||
* setutxent: (libc)XPG Functions.
|
||
* setvbuf: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
|
||
* shm_open: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
|
||
* shm_unlink: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
|
||
* shutdown: (libc)Closing a Socket.
|
||
* sigaction: (libc)Advanced Signal Handling.
|
||
* sigaddset: (libc)Signal Sets.
|
||
* sigaltstack: (libc)Signal Stack.
|
||
* sigblock: (libc)BSD Signal Handling.
|
||
* sigdelset: (libc)Signal Sets.
|
||
* sigemptyset: (libc)Signal Sets.
|
||
* sigfillset: (libc)Signal Sets.
|
||
* siginterrupt: (libc)BSD Signal Handling.
|
||
* sigismember: (libc)Signal Sets.
|
||
* siglongjmp: (libc)Non-Local Exits and Signals.
|
||
* sigmask: (libc)BSD Signal Handling.
|
||
* signal: (libc)Basic Signal Handling.
|
||
* signbit: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
|
||
* significand: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* significandf: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* significandl: (libc)Normalization Functions.
|
||
* sigpause: (libc)BSD Signal Handling.
|
||
* sigpending: (libc)Checking for Pending Signals.
|
||
* sigprocmask: (libc)Process Signal Mask.
|
||
* sigsetjmp: (libc)Non-Local Exits and Signals.
|
||
* sigsetmask: (libc)BSD Signal Handling.
|
||
* sigstack: (libc)Signal Stack.
|
||
* sigsuspend: (libc)Sigsuspend.
|
||
* sin: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* sincos: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* sincosf: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* sincosfN: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* sincosfNx: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* sincosl: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* sinf: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* sinfN: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* sinfNx: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* sinh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* sinhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* sinhfN: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* sinhfNx: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* sinhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* sinl: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* sleep: (libc)Sleeping.
|
||
* snprintf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
|
||
* socket: (libc)Creating a Socket.
|
||
* socketpair: (libc)Socket Pairs.
|
||
* sprintf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
|
||
* sqrt: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* sqrtf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* sqrtfN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* sqrtfNx: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* sqrtl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
|
||
* srand48: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* srand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
|
||
* srand: (libc)ISO Random.
|
||
* srandom: (libc)BSD Random.
|
||
* srandom_r: (libc)BSD Random.
|
||
* sscanf: (libc)Formatted Input Functions.
|
||
* ssignal: (libc)Basic Signal Handling.
|
||
* stat64: (libc)Reading Attributes.
|
||
* stat: (libc)Reading Attributes.
|
||
* stime: (libc)Simple Calendar Time.
|
||
* stpcpy: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* stpncpy: (libc)Truncating Strings.
|
||
* strcasecmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
|
||
* strcasestr: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* strcat: (libc)Concatenating Strings.
|
||
* strchr: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* strchrnul: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* strcmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
|
||
* strcoll: (libc)Collation Functions.
|
||
* strcpy: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* strcspn: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* strdup: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* strdupa: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* strerror: (libc)Error Messages.
|
||
* strerror_r: (libc)Error Messages.
|
||
* strfmon: (libc)Formatting Numbers.
|
||
* strfromd: (libc)Printing of Floats.
|
||
* strfromf: (libc)Printing of Floats.
|
||
* strfromfN: (libc)Printing of Floats.
|
||
* strfromfNx: (libc)Printing of Floats.
|
||
* strfroml: (libc)Printing of Floats.
|
||
* strfry: (libc)Shuffling Bytes.
|
||
* strftime: (libc)Formatting Calendar Time.
|
||
* strlen: (libc)String Length.
|
||
* strncasecmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
|
||
* strncat: (libc)Truncating Strings.
|
||
* strncmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
|
||
* strncpy: (libc)Truncating Strings.
|
||
* strndup: (libc)Truncating Strings.
|
||
* strndupa: (libc)Truncating Strings.
|
||
* strnlen: (libc)String Length.
|
||
* strpbrk: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* strptime: (libc)Low-Level Time String Parsing.
|
||
* strrchr: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* strsep: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
|
||
* strsignal: (libc)Signal Messages.
|
||
* strspn: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* strstr: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* strtod: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
|
||
* strtof: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
|
||
* strtofN: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
|
||
* strtofNx: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
|
||
* strtoimax: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* strtok: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
|
||
* strtok_r: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
|
||
* strtol: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* strtold: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
|
||
* strtoll: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* strtoq: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* strtoul: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* strtoull: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* strtoumax: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* strtouq: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* strverscmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
|
||
* strxfrm: (libc)Collation Functions.
|
||
* stty: (libc)BSD Terminal Modes.
|
||
* swapcontext: (libc)System V contexts.
|
||
* swprintf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
|
||
* swscanf: (libc)Formatted Input Functions.
|
||
* symlink: (libc)Symbolic Links.
|
||
* sync: (libc)Synchronizing I/O.
|
||
* syscall: (libc)System Calls.
|
||
* sysconf: (libc)Sysconf Definition.
|
||
* sysctl: (libc)System Parameters.
|
||
* syslog: (libc)syslog; vsyslog.
|
||
* system: (libc)Running a Command.
|
||
* sysv_signal: (libc)Basic Signal Handling.
|
||
* tan: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* tanf: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* tanfN: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* tanfNx: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* tanh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* tanhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* tanhfN: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* tanhfNx: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* tanhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
|
||
* tanl: (libc)Trig Functions.
|
||
* tcdrain: (libc)Line Control.
|
||
* tcflow: (libc)Line Control.
|
||
* tcflush: (libc)Line Control.
|
||
* tcgetattr: (libc)Mode Functions.
|
||
* tcgetpgrp: (libc)Terminal Access Functions.
|
||
* tcgetsid: (libc)Terminal Access Functions.
|
||
* tcsendbreak: (libc)Line Control.
|
||
* tcsetattr: (libc)Mode Functions.
|
||
* tcsetpgrp: (libc)Terminal Access Functions.
|
||
* tdelete: (libc)Tree Search Function.
|
||
* tdestroy: (libc)Tree Search Function.
|
||
* telldir: (libc)Random Access Directory.
|
||
* tempnam: (libc)Temporary Files.
|
||
* textdomain: (libc)Locating gettext catalog.
|
||
* tfind: (libc)Tree Search Function.
|
||
* tgamma: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* tgammaf: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* tgammafN: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* tgammafNx: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* tgammal: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* thrd_create: (libc)ISO C Thread Management.
|
||
* thrd_current: (libc)ISO C Thread Management.
|
||
* thrd_detach: (libc)ISO C Thread Management.
|
||
* thrd_equal: (libc)ISO C Thread Management.
|
||
* thrd_exit: (libc)ISO C Thread Management.
|
||
* thrd_join: (libc)ISO C Thread Management.
|
||
* thrd_sleep: (libc)ISO C Thread Management.
|
||
* thrd_yield: (libc)ISO C Thread Management.
|
||
* time: (libc)Simple Calendar Time.
|
||
* timegm: (libc)Broken-down Time.
|
||
* timelocal: (libc)Broken-down Time.
|
||
* times: (libc)Processor Time.
|
||
* tmpfile64: (libc)Temporary Files.
|
||
* tmpfile: (libc)Temporary Files.
|
||
* tmpnam: (libc)Temporary Files.
|
||
* tmpnam_r: (libc)Temporary Files.
|
||
* toascii: (libc)Case Conversion.
|
||
* tolower: (libc)Case Conversion.
|
||
* totalorder: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* totalorderf: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* totalorderfN: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* totalorderfNx: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* totalorderl: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* totalordermag: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* totalordermagf: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* totalordermagfN: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* totalordermagfNx: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* totalordermagl: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
|
||
* toupper: (libc)Case Conversion.
|
||
* towctrans: (libc)Wide Character Case Conversion.
|
||
* towlower: (libc)Wide Character Case Conversion.
|
||
* towupper: (libc)Wide Character Case Conversion.
|
||
* trunc: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* truncate64: (libc)File Size.
|
||
* truncate: (libc)File Size.
|
||
* truncf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* truncfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* truncfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* truncl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* tsearch: (libc)Tree Search Function.
|
||
* tss_create: (libc)ISO C Thread-local Storage.
|
||
* tss_delete: (libc)ISO C Thread-local Storage.
|
||
* tss_get: (libc)ISO C Thread-local Storage.
|
||
* tss_set: (libc)ISO C Thread-local Storage.
|
||
* ttyname: (libc)Is It a Terminal.
|
||
* ttyname_r: (libc)Is It a Terminal.
|
||
* twalk: (libc)Tree Search Function.
|
||
* tzset: (libc)Time Zone Functions.
|
||
* ufromfp: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ufromfpf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ufromfpfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ufromfpfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ufromfpl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ufromfpx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ufromfpxf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ufromfpxfN: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ufromfpxfNx: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ufromfpxl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
|
||
* ulimit: (libc)Limits on Resources.
|
||
* umask: (libc)Setting Permissions.
|
||
* umount2: (libc)Mount-Unmount-Remount.
|
||
* umount: (libc)Mount-Unmount-Remount.
|
||
* uname: (libc)Platform Type.
|
||
* ungetc: (libc)How Unread.
|
||
* ungetwc: (libc)How Unread.
|
||
* unlink: (libc)Deleting Files.
|
||
* unlockpt: (libc)Allocation.
|
||
* unsetenv: (libc)Environment Access.
|
||
* updwtmp: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
|
||
* utime: (libc)File Times.
|
||
* utimes: (libc)File Times.
|
||
* utmpname: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
|
||
* utmpxname: (libc)XPG Functions.
|
||
* va_arg: (libc)Argument Macros.
|
||
* va_copy: (libc)Argument Macros.
|
||
* va_end: (libc)Argument Macros.
|
||
* va_start: (libc)Argument Macros.
|
||
* valloc: (libc)Aligned Memory Blocks.
|
||
* vasprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
|
||
* verr: (libc)Error Messages.
|
||
* verrx: (libc)Error Messages.
|
||
* versionsort64: (libc)Scanning Directory Content.
|
||
* versionsort: (libc)Scanning Directory Content.
|
||
* vfork: (libc)Creating a Process.
|
||
* vfprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
|
||
* vfscanf: (libc)Variable Arguments Input.
|
||
* vfwprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
|
||
* vfwscanf: (libc)Variable Arguments Input.
|
||
* vlimit: (libc)Limits on Resources.
|
||
* vprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
|
||
* vscanf: (libc)Variable Arguments Input.
|
||
* vsnprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
|
||
* vsprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
|
||
* vsscanf: (libc)Variable Arguments Input.
|
||
* vswprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
|
||
* vswscanf: (libc)Variable Arguments Input.
|
||
* vsyslog: (libc)syslog; vsyslog.
|
||
* vtimes: (libc)Resource Usage.
|
||
* vwarn: (libc)Error Messages.
|
||
* vwarnx: (libc)Error Messages.
|
||
* vwprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
|
||
* vwscanf: (libc)Variable Arguments Input.
|
||
* wait3: (libc)BSD Wait Functions.
|
||
* wait4: (libc)Process Completion.
|
||
* wait: (libc)Process Completion.
|
||
* waitpid: (libc)Process Completion.
|
||
* warn: (libc)Error Messages.
|
||
* warnx: (libc)Error Messages.
|
||
* wcpcpy: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* wcpncpy: (libc)Truncating Strings.
|
||
* wcrtomb: (libc)Converting a Character.
|
||
* wcscasecmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
|
||
* wcscat: (libc)Concatenating Strings.
|
||
* wcschr: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* wcschrnul: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* wcscmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
|
||
* wcscoll: (libc)Collation Functions.
|
||
* wcscpy: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* wcscspn: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* wcsdup: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* wcsftime: (libc)Formatting Calendar Time.
|
||
* wcslen: (libc)String Length.
|
||
* wcsncasecmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
|
||
* wcsncat: (libc)Truncating Strings.
|
||
* wcsncmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
|
||
* wcsncpy: (libc)Truncating Strings.
|
||
* wcsnlen: (libc)String Length.
|
||
* wcsnrtombs: (libc)Converting Strings.
|
||
* wcspbrk: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* wcsrchr: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* wcsrtombs: (libc)Converting Strings.
|
||
* wcsspn: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* wcsstr: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* wcstod: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
|
||
* wcstof: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
|
||
* wcstofN: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
|
||
* wcstofNx: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
|
||
* wcstoimax: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* wcstok: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
|
||
* wcstol: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* wcstold: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
|
||
* wcstoll: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* wcstombs: (libc)Non-reentrant String Conversion.
|
||
* wcstoq: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* wcstoul: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* wcstoull: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* wcstoumax: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* wcstouq: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
|
||
* wcswcs: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* wcsxfrm: (libc)Collation Functions.
|
||
* wctob: (libc)Converting a Character.
|
||
* wctomb: (libc)Non-reentrant Character Conversion.
|
||
* wctrans: (libc)Wide Character Case Conversion.
|
||
* wctype: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
|
||
* wmemchr: (libc)Search Functions.
|
||
* wmemcmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
|
||
* wmemcpy: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* wmemmove: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* wmempcpy: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* wmemset: (libc)Copying Strings and Arrays.
|
||
* wordexp: (libc)Calling Wordexp.
|
||
* wordfree: (libc)Calling Wordexp.
|
||
* wprintf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
|
||
* write: (libc)I/O Primitives.
|
||
* writev: (libc)Scatter-Gather.
|
||
* wscanf: (libc)Formatted Input Functions.
|
||
* y0: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* y0f: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* y0fN: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* y0fNx: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* y0l: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* y1: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* y1f: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* y1fN: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* y1fNx: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* y1l: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* yn: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* ynf: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* ynfN: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* ynfNx: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
* ynl: (libc)Special Functions.
|
||
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Signal Sets, Next: Process Signal Mask, Prev: Why Block, Up: Blocking Signals
|
||
|
||
24.7.2 Signal Sets
|
||
------------------
|
||
|
||
All of the signal blocking functions use a data structure called a
|
||
“signal set” to specify what signals are affected. Thus, every activity
|
||
involves two stages: creating the signal set, and then passing it as an
|
||
argument to a library function.
|
||
|
||
These facilities are declared in the header file ‘signal.h’.
|
||
|
||
-- Data Type: sigset_t
|
||
|
||
The ‘sigset_t’ data type is used to represent a signal set.
|
||
Internally, it may be implemented as either an integer or structure
|
||
type.
|
||
|
||
For portability, use only the functions described in this section
|
||
to initialize, change, and retrieve information from ‘sigset_t’
|
||
objects—don’t try to manipulate them directly.
|
||
|
||
There are two ways to initialize a signal set. You can initially
|
||
specify it to be empty with ‘sigemptyset’ and then add specified signals
|
||
individually. Or you can specify it to be full with ‘sigfillset’ and
|
||
then delete specified signals individually.
|
||
|
||
You must always initialize the signal set with one of these two
|
||
functions before using it in any other way. Don’t try to set all the
|
||
signals explicitly because the ‘sigset_t’ object might include some
|
||
other information (like a version field) that needs to be initialized as
|
||
well. (In addition, it’s not wise to put into your program an
|
||
assumption that the system has no signals aside from the ones you know
|
||
about.)
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sigemptyset (sigset_t *SET)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function initializes the signal set SET to exclude all of the
|
||
defined signals. It always returns ‘0’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sigfillset (sigset_t *SET)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function initializes the signal set SET to include all of the
|
||
defined signals. Again, the return value is ‘0’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sigaddset (sigset_t *SET, int SIGNUM)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function adds the signal SIGNUM to the signal set SET. All
|
||
‘sigaddset’ does is modify SET; it does not block or unblock any
|
||
signals.
|
||
|
||
The return value is ‘0’ on success and ‘-1’ on failure. The
|
||
following ‘errno’ error condition is defined for this function:
|
||
|
||
‘EINVAL’
|
||
The SIGNUM argument doesn’t specify a valid signal.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sigdelset (sigset_t *SET, int SIGNUM)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function removes the signal SIGNUM from the signal set SET.
|
||
All ‘sigdelset’ does is modify SET; it does not block or unblock
|
||
any signals. The return value and error conditions are the same as
|
||
for ‘sigaddset’.
|
||
|
||
Finally, there is a function to test what signals are in a signal
|
||
set:
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sigismember (const sigset_t *SET, int SIGNUM)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘sigismember’ function tests whether the signal SIGNUM is a
|
||
member of the signal set SET. It returns ‘1’ if the signal is in
|
||
the set, ‘0’ if not, and ‘-1’ if there is an error.
|
||
|
||
The following ‘errno’ error condition is defined for this function:
|
||
|
||
‘EINVAL’
|
||
The SIGNUM argument doesn’t specify a valid signal.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Process Signal Mask, Next: Testing for Delivery, Prev: Signal Sets, Up: Blocking Signals
|
||
|
||
24.7.3 Process Signal Mask
|
||
--------------------------
|
||
|
||
The collection of signals that are currently blocked is called the
|
||
“signal mask”. Each process has its own signal mask. When you create a
|
||
new process (*note Creating a Process::), it inherits its parent’s mask.
|
||
You can block or unblock signals with total flexibility by modifying the
|
||
signal mask.
|
||
|
||
The prototype for the ‘sigprocmask’ function is in ‘signal.h’.
|
||
|
||
Note that you must not use ‘sigprocmask’ in multi-threaded processes,
|
||
because each thread has its own signal mask and there is no single
|
||
process signal mask. According to POSIX, the behavior of ‘sigprocmask’
|
||
in a multi-threaded process is “unspecified”. Instead, use
|
||
‘pthread_sigmask’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sigprocmask (int HOW, const sigset_t *restrict SET,
|
||
sigset_t *restrict OLDSET)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:sigprocmask/bsd(SIG_UNBLOCK) |
|
||
AS-Unsafe lock/hurd | AC-Unsafe lock/hurd | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘sigprocmask’ function is used to examine or change the calling
|
||
process’s signal mask. The HOW argument determines how the signal
|
||
mask is changed, and must be one of the following values:
|
||
|
||
‘SIG_BLOCK’
|
||
|
||
Block the signals in ‘set’—add them to the existing mask. In
|
||
other words, the new mask is the union of the existing mask
|
||
and SET.
|
||
|
||
‘SIG_UNBLOCK’
|
||
|
||
Unblock the signals in SET—remove them from the existing mask.
|
||
|
||
‘SIG_SETMASK’
|
||
|
||
Use SET for the mask; ignore the previous value of the mask.
|
||
|
||
The last argument, OLDSET, is used to return information about the
|
||
old process signal mask. If you just want to change the mask
|
||
without looking at it, pass a null pointer as the OLDSET argument.
|
||
Similarly, if you want to know what’s in the mask without changing
|
||
it, pass a null pointer for SET (in this case the HOW argument is
|
||
not significant). The OLDSET argument is often used to remember
|
||
the previous signal mask in order to restore it later. (Since the
|
||
signal mask is inherited over ‘fork’ and ‘exec’ calls, you can’t
|
||
predict what its contents are when your program starts running.)
|
||
|
||
If invoking ‘sigprocmask’ causes any pending signals to be
|
||
unblocked, at least one of those signals is delivered to the
|
||
process before ‘sigprocmask’ returns. The order in which pending
|
||
signals are delivered is not specified, but you can control the
|
||
order explicitly by making multiple ‘sigprocmask’ calls to unblock
|
||
various signals one at a time.
|
||
|
||
The ‘sigprocmask’ function returns ‘0’ if successful, and ‘-1’ to
|
||
indicate an error. The following ‘errno’ error conditions are
|
||
defined for this function:
|
||
|
||
‘EINVAL’
|
||
The HOW argument is invalid.
|
||
|
||
You can’t block the ‘SIGKILL’ and ‘SIGSTOP’ signals, but if the
|
||
signal set includes these, ‘sigprocmask’ just ignores them instead
|
||
of returning an error status.
|
||
|
||
Remember, too, that blocking program error signals such as ‘SIGFPE’
|
||
leads to undesirable results for signals generated by an actual
|
||
program error (as opposed to signals sent with ‘raise’ or ‘kill’).
|
||
This is because your program may be too broken to be able to
|
||
continue executing to a point where the signal is unblocked again.
|
||
*Note Program Error Signals::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Testing for Delivery, Next: Blocking for Handler, Prev: Process Signal Mask, Up: Blocking Signals
|
||
|
||
24.7.4 Blocking to Test for Delivery of a Signal
|
||
------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
Now for a simple example. Suppose you establish a handler for ‘SIGALRM’
|
||
signals that sets a flag whenever a signal arrives, and your main
|
||
program checks this flag from time to time and then resets it. You can
|
||
prevent additional ‘SIGALRM’ signals from arriving in the meantime by
|
||
wrapping the critical part of the code with calls to ‘sigprocmask’, like
|
||
this:
|
||
|
||
/* This variable is set by the SIGALRM signal handler. */
|
||
volatile sig_atomic_t flag = 0;
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
main (void)
|
||
{
|
||
sigset_t block_alarm;
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
|
||
/* Initialize the signal mask. */
|
||
sigemptyset (&block_alarm);
|
||
sigaddset (&block_alarm, SIGALRM);
|
||
|
||
while (1)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Check if a signal has arrived; if so, reset the flag. */
|
||
sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block_alarm, NULL);
|
||
if (flag)
|
||
{
|
||
ACTIONS-IF-NOT-ARRIVED
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block_alarm, NULL);
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Blocking for Handler, Next: Checking for Pending Signals, Prev: Testing for Delivery, Up: Blocking Signals
|
||
|
||
24.7.5 Blocking Signals for a Handler
|
||
-------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
When a signal handler is invoked, you usually want it to be able to
|
||
finish without being interrupted by another signal. From the moment the
|
||
handler starts until the moment it finishes, you must block signals that
|
||
might confuse it or corrupt its data.
|
||
|
||
When a handler function is invoked on a signal, that signal is
|
||
automatically blocked (in addition to any other signals that are already
|
||
in the process’s signal mask) during the time the handler is running.
|
||
If you set up a handler for ‘SIGTSTP’, for instance, then the arrival of
|
||
that signal forces further ‘SIGTSTP’ signals to wait during the
|
||
execution of the handler.
|
||
|
||
However, by default, other kinds of signals are not blocked; they can
|
||
arrive during handler execution.
|
||
|
||
The reliable way to block other kinds of signals during the execution
|
||
of the handler is to use the ‘sa_mask’ member of the ‘sigaction’
|
||
structure.
|
||
|
||
Here is an example:
|
||
|
||
#include <signal.h>
|
||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||
|
||
void catch_stop ();
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
install_handler (void)
|
||
{
|
||
struct sigaction setup_action;
|
||
sigset_t block_mask;
|
||
|
||
sigemptyset (&block_mask);
|
||
/* Block other terminal-generated signals while handler runs. */
|
||
sigaddset (&block_mask, SIGINT);
|
||
sigaddset (&block_mask, SIGQUIT);
|
||
setup_action.sa_handler = catch_stop;
|
||
setup_action.sa_mask = block_mask;
|
||
setup_action.sa_flags = 0;
|
||
sigaction (SIGTSTP, &setup_action, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
This is more reliable than blocking the other signals explicitly in
|
||
the code for the handler. If you block signals explicitly in the
|
||
handler, you can’t avoid at least a short interval at the beginning of
|
||
the handler where they are not yet blocked.
|
||
|
||
You cannot remove signals from the process’s current mask using this
|
||
mechanism. However, you can make calls to ‘sigprocmask’ within your
|
||
handler to block or unblock signals as you wish.
|
||
|
||
In any case, when the handler returns, the system restores the mask
|
||
that was in place before the handler was entered. If any signals that
|
||
become unblocked by this restoration are pending, the process will
|
||
receive those signals immediately, before returning to the code that was
|
||
interrupted.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Checking for Pending Signals, Next: Remembering a Signal, Prev: Blocking for Handler, Up: Blocking Signals
|
||
|
||
24.7.6 Checking for Pending Signals
|
||
-----------------------------------
|
||
|
||
You can find out which signals are pending at any time by calling
|
||
‘sigpending’. This function is declared in ‘signal.h’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sigpending (sigset_t *SET)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe lock/hurd | AC-Unsafe lock/hurd
|
||
| *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘sigpending’ function stores information about pending signals
|
||
in SET. If there is a pending signal that is blocked from
|
||
delivery, then that signal is a member of the returned set. (You
|
||
can test whether a particular signal is a member of this set using
|
||
‘sigismember’; see *note Signal Sets::.)
|
||
|
||
The return value is ‘0’ if successful, and ‘-1’ on failure.
|
||
|
||
Testing whether a signal is pending is not often useful. Testing
|
||
when that signal is not blocked is almost certainly bad design.
|
||
|
||
Here is an example.
|
||
|
||
#include <signal.h>
|
||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||
|
||
sigset_t base_mask, waiting_mask;
|
||
|
||
sigemptyset (&base_mask);
|
||
sigaddset (&base_mask, SIGINT);
|
||
sigaddset (&base_mask, SIGTSTP);
|
||
|
||
/* Block user interrupts while doing other processing. */
|
||
sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &base_mask, NULL);
|
||
...
|
||
|
||
/* After a while, check to see whether any signals are pending. */
|
||
sigpending (&waiting_mask);
|
||
if (sigismember (&waiting_mask, SIGINT)) {
|
||
/* User has tried to kill the process. */
|
||
}
|
||
else if (sigismember (&waiting_mask, SIGTSTP)) {
|
||
/* User has tried to stop the process. */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Remember that if there is a particular signal pending for your
|
||
process, additional signals of that same type that arrive in the
|
||
meantime might be discarded. For example, if a ‘SIGINT’ signal is
|
||
pending when another ‘SIGINT’ signal arrives, your program will probably
|
||
only see one of them when you unblock this signal.
|
||
|
||
*Portability Note:* The ‘sigpending’ function is new in POSIX.1.
|
||
Older systems have no equivalent facility.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Remembering a Signal, Prev: Checking for Pending Signals, Up: Blocking Signals
|
||
|
||
24.7.7 Remembering a Signal to Act On Later
|
||
-------------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
Instead of blocking a signal using the library facilities, you can get
|
||
almost the same results by making the handler set a flag to be tested
|
||
later, when you “unblock”. Here is an example:
|
||
|
||
/* If this flag is nonzero, don’t handle the signal right away. */
|
||
volatile sig_atomic_t signal_pending;
|
||
|
||
/* This is nonzero if a signal arrived and was not handled. */
|
||
volatile sig_atomic_t defer_signal;
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
handler (int signum)
|
||
{
|
||
if (defer_signal)
|
||
signal_pending = signum;
|
||
else
|
||
... /* “Really” handle the signal. */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
update_mumble (int frob)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Prevent signals from having immediate effect. */
|
||
defer_signal++;
|
||
/* Now update ‘mumble’, without worrying about interruption. */
|
||
mumble.a = 1;
|
||
mumble.b = hack ();
|
||
mumble.c = frob;
|
||
/* We have updated ‘mumble’. Handle any signal that came in. */
|
||
defer_signal--;
|
||
if (defer_signal == 0 && signal_pending != 0)
|
||
raise (signal_pending);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Note how the particular signal that arrives is stored in
|
||
‘signal_pending’. That way, we can handle several types of inconvenient
|
||
signals with the same mechanism.
|
||
|
||
We increment and decrement ‘defer_signal’ so that nested critical
|
||
sections will work properly; thus, if ‘update_mumble’ were called with
|
||
‘signal_pending’ already nonzero, signals would be deferred not only
|
||
within ‘update_mumble’, but also within the caller. This is also why we
|
||
do not check ‘signal_pending’ if ‘defer_signal’ is still nonzero.
|
||
|
||
The incrementing and decrementing of ‘defer_signal’ each require more
|
||
than one instruction; it is possible for a signal to happen in the
|
||
middle. But that does not cause any problem. If the signal happens
|
||
early enough to see the value from before the increment or decrement,
|
||
that is equivalent to a signal which came before the beginning of the
|
||
increment or decrement, which is a case that works properly.
|
||
|
||
It is absolutely vital to decrement ‘defer_signal’ before testing
|
||
‘signal_pending’, because this avoids a subtle bug. If we did these
|
||
things in the other order, like this,
|
||
|
||
if (defer_signal == 1 && signal_pending != 0)
|
||
raise (signal_pending);
|
||
defer_signal--;
|
||
|
||
then a signal arriving in between the ‘if’ statement and the decrement
|
||
would be effectively “lost” for an indefinite amount of time. The
|
||
handler would merely set ‘defer_signal’, but the program having already
|
||
tested this variable, it would not test the variable again.
|
||
|
||
Bugs like these are called “timing errors”. They are especially bad
|
||
because they happen only rarely and are nearly impossible to reproduce.
|
||
You can’t expect to find them with a debugger as you would find a
|
||
reproducible bug. So it is worth being especially careful to avoid
|
||
them.
|
||
|
||
(You would not be tempted to write the code in this order, given the
|
||
use of ‘defer_signal’ as a counter which must be tested along with
|
||
‘signal_pending’. After all, testing for zero is cleaner than testing
|
||
for one. But if you did not use ‘defer_signal’ as a counter, and gave
|
||
it values of zero and one only, then either order might seem equally
|
||
simple. This is a further advantage of using a counter for
|
||
‘defer_signal’: it will reduce the chance you will write the code in the
|
||
wrong order and create a subtle bug.)
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Waiting for a Signal, Next: Signal Stack, Prev: Blocking Signals, Up: Signal Handling
|
||
|
||
24.8 Waiting for a Signal
|
||
=========================
|
||
|
||
If your program is driven by external events, or uses signals for
|
||
synchronization, then when it has nothing to do it should probably wait
|
||
until a signal arrives.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Using Pause:: The simple way, using ‘pause’.
|
||
* Pause Problems:: Why the simple way is often not very good.
|
||
* Sigsuspend:: Reliably waiting for a specific signal.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Using Pause, Next: Pause Problems, Up: Waiting for a Signal
|
||
|
||
24.8.1 Using ‘pause’
|
||
--------------------
|
||
|
||
The simple way to wait until a signal arrives is to call ‘pause’.
|
||
Please read about its disadvantages, in the following section, before
|
||
you use it.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int pause (void)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:sigprocmask/!bsd!linux | AS-Unsafe
|
||
lock/hurd | AC-Unsafe lock/hurd | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘pause’ function suspends program execution until a signal
|
||
arrives whose action is either to execute a handler function, or to
|
||
terminate the process.
|
||
|
||
If the signal causes a handler function to be executed, then
|
||
‘pause’ returns. This is considered an unsuccessful return (since
|
||
“successful” behavior would be to suspend the program forever), so
|
||
the return value is ‘-1’. Even if you specify that other
|
||
primitives should resume when a system handler returns (*note
|
||
Interrupted Primitives::), this has no effect on ‘pause’; it always
|
||
fails when a signal is handled.
|
||
|
||
The following ‘errno’ error conditions are defined for this
|
||
function:
|
||
|
||
‘EINTR’
|
||
The function was interrupted by delivery of a signal.
|
||
|
||
If the signal causes program termination, ‘pause’ doesn’t return
|
||
(obviously).
|
||
|
||
This function is a cancellation point in multithreaded programs.
|
||
This is a problem if the thread allocates some resources (like
|
||
memory, file descriptors, semaphores or whatever) at the time
|
||
‘pause’ is called. If the thread gets cancelled these resources
|
||
stay allocated until the program ends. To avoid this calls to
|
||
‘pause’ should be protected using cancellation handlers.
|
||
|
||
The ‘pause’ function is declared in ‘unistd.h’.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Pause Problems, Next: Sigsuspend, Prev: Using Pause, Up: Waiting for a Signal
|
||
|
||
24.8.2 Problems with ‘pause’
|
||
----------------------------
|
||
|
||
The simplicity of ‘pause’ can conceal serious timing errors that can
|
||
make a program hang mysteriously.
|
||
|
||
It is safe to use ‘pause’ if the real work of your program is done by
|
||
the signal handlers themselves, and the “main program” does nothing but
|
||
call ‘pause’. Each time a signal is delivered, the handler will do the
|
||
next batch of work that is to be done, and then return, so that the main
|
||
loop of the program can call ‘pause’ again.
|
||
|
||
You can’t safely use ‘pause’ to wait until one more signal arrives,
|
||
and then resume real work. Even if you arrange for the signal handler
|
||
to cooperate by setting a flag, you still can’t use ‘pause’ reliably.
|
||
Here is an example of this problem:
|
||
|
||
/* ‘usr_interrupt’ is set by the signal handler. */
|
||
if (!usr_interrupt)
|
||
pause ();
|
||
|
||
/* Do work once the signal arrives. */
|
||
...
|
||
|
||
This has a bug: the signal could arrive after the variable
|
||
‘usr_interrupt’ is checked, but before the call to ‘pause’. If no
|
||
further signals arrive, the process would never wake up again.
|
||
|
||
You can put an upper limit on the excess waiting by using ‘sleep’ in
|
||
a loop, instead of using ‘pause’. (*Note Sleeping::, for more about
|
||
‘sleep’.) Here is what this looks like:
|
||
|
||
/* ‘usr_interrupt’ is set by the signal handler.
|
||
while (!usr_interrupt)
|
||
sleep (1);
|
||
|
||
/* Do work once the signal arrives. */
|
||
...
|
||
|
||
For some purposes, that is good enough. But with a little more
|
||
complexity, you can wait reliably until a particular signal handler is
|
||
run, using ‘sigsuspend’. *Note Sigsuspend::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Sigsuspend, Prev: Pause Problems, Up: Waiting for a Signal
|
||
|
||
24.8.3 Using ‘sigsuspend’
|
||
-------------------------
|
||
|
||
The clean and reliable way to wait for a signal to arrive is to block it
|
||
and then use ‘sigsuspend’. By using ‘sigsuspend’ in a loop, you can
|
||
wait for certain kinds of signals, while letting other kinds of signals
|
||
be handled by their handlers.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sigsuspend (const sigset_t *SET)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:sigprocmask/!bsd!linux | AS-Unsafe
|
||
lock/hurd | AC-Unsafe lock/hurd | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function replaces the process’s signal mask with SET and then
|
||
suspends the process until a signal is delivered whose action is
|
||
either to terminate the process or invoke a signal handling
|
||
function. In other words, the program is effectively suspended
|
||
until one of the signals that is not a member of SET arrives.
|
||
|
||
If the process is woken up by delivery of a signal that invokes a
|
||
handler function, and the handler function returns, then
|
||
‘sigsuspend’ also returns.
|
||
|
||
The mask remains SET only as long as ‘sigsuspend’ is waiting. The
|
||
function ‘sigsuspend’ always restores the previous signal mask when
|
||
it returns.
|
||
|
||
The return value and error conditions are the same as for ‘pause’.
|
||
|
||
With ‘sigsuspend’, you can replace the ‘pause’ or ‘sleep’ loop in the
|
||
previous section with something completely reliable:
|
||
|
||
sigset_t mask, oldmask;
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
|
||
/* Set up the mask of signals to temporarily block. */
|
||
sigemptyset (&mask);
|
||
sigaddset (&mask, SIGUSR1);
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
|
||
/* Wait for a signal to arrive. */
|
||
sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &mask, &oldmask);
|
||
while (!usr_interrupt)
|
||
sigsuspend (&oldmask);
|
||
sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &mask, NULL);
|
||
|
||
This last piece of code is a little tricky. The key point to
|
||
remember here is that when ‘sigsuspend’ returns, it resets the process’s
|
||
signal mask to the original value, the value from before the call to
|
||
‘sigsuspend’—in this case, the ‘SIGUSR1’ signal is once again blocked.
|
||
The second call to ‘sigprocmask’ is necessary to explicitly unblock this
|
||
signal.
|
||
|
||
One other point: you may be wondering why the ‘while’ loop is
|
||
necessary at all, since the program is apparently only waiting for one
|
||
‘SIGUSR1’ signal. The answer is that the mask passed to ‘sigsuspend’
|
||
permits the process to be woken up by the delivery of other kinds of
|
||
signals, as well—for example, job control signals. If the process is
|
||
woken up by a signal that doesn’t set ‘usr_interrupt’, it just suspends
|
||
itself again until the “right” kind of signal eventually arrives.
|
||
|
||
This technique takes a few more lines of preparation, but that is
|
||
needed just once for each kind of wait criterion you want to use. The
|
||
code that actually waits is just four lines.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Signal Stack, Next: BSD Signal Handling, Prev: Waiting for a Signal, Up: Signal Handling
|
||
|
||
24.9 Using a Separate Signal Stack
|
||
==================================
|
||
|
||
A signal stack is a special area of memory to be used as the execution
|
||
stack during signal handlers. It should be fairly large, to avoid any
|
||
danger that it will overflow in turn; the macro ‘SIGSTKSZ’ is defined to
|
||
a canonical size for signal stacks. You can use ‘malloc’ to allocate
|
||
the space for the stack. Then call ‘sigaltstack’ or ‘sigstack’ to tell
|
||
the system to use that space for the signal stack.
|
||
|
||
You don’t need to write signal handlers differently in order to use a
|
||
signal stack. Switching from one stack to the other happens
|
||
automatically. (Some non-GNU debuggers on some machines may get
|
||
confused if you examine a stack trace while a handler that uses the
|
||
signal stack is running.)
|
||
|
||
There are two interfaces for telling the system to use a separate
|
||
signal stack. ‘sigstack’ is the older interface, which comes from 4.2
|
||
BSD. ‘sigaltstack’ is the newer interface, and comes from 4.4 BSD. The
|
||
‘sigaltstack’ interface has the advantage that it does not require your
|
||
program to know which direction the stack grows, which depends on the
|
||
specific machine and operating system.
|
||
|
||
-- Data Type: stack_t
|
||
|
||
This structure describes a signal stack. It contains the following
|
||
members:
|
||
|
||
‘void *ss_sp’
|
||
This points to the base of the signal stack.
|
||
|
||
‘size_t ss_size’
|
||
This is the size (in bytes) of the signal stack which ‘ss_sp’
|
||
points to. You should set this to however much space you
|
||
allocated for the stack.
|
||
|
||
There are two macros defined in ‘signal.h’ that you should use
|
||
in calculating this size:
|
||
|
||
‘SIGSTKSZ’
|
||
This is the canonical size for a signal stack. It is
|
||
judged to be sufficient for normal uses.
|
||
|
||
‘MINSIGSTKSZ’
|
||
This is the amount of signal stack space the operating
|
||
system needs just to implement signal delivery. The size
|
||
of a signal stack *must* be greater than this.
|
||
|
||
For most cases, just using ‘SIGSTKSZ’ for ‘ss_size’ is
|
||
sufficient. But if you know how much stack space your
|
||
program’s signal handlers will need, you may want to use
|
||
a different size. In this case, you should allocate
|
||
‘MINSIGSTKSZ’ additional bytes for the signal stack and
|
||
increase ‘ss_size’ accordingly.
|
||
|
||
‘int ss_flags’
|
||
This field contains the bitwise OR of these flags:
|
||
|
||
‘SS_DISABLE’
|
||
This tells the system that it should not use the signal
|
||
stack.
|
||
|
||
‘SS_ONSTACK’
|
||
This is set by the system, and indicates that the signal
|
||
stack is currently in use. If this bit is not set, then
|
||
signals will be delivered on the normal user stack.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sigaltstack (const stack_t *restrict STACK, stack_t
|
||
*restrict OLDSTACK)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe lock/hurd | AC-Unsafe lock/hurd
|
||
| *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘sigaltstack’ function specifies an alternate stack for use
|
||
during signal handling. When a signal is received by the process
|
||
and its action indicates that the signal stack is used, the system
|
||
arranges a switch to the currently installed signal stack while the
|
||
handler for that signal is executed.
|
||
|
||
If OLDSTACK is not a null pointer, information about the currently
|
||
installed signal stack is returned in the location it points to.
|
||
If STACK is not a null pointer, then this is installed as the new
|
||
stack for use by signal handlers.
|
||
|
||
The return value is ‘0’ on success and ‘-1’ on failure. If
|
||
‘sigaltstack’ fails, it sets ‘errno’ to one of these values:
|
||
|
||
‘EINVAL’
|
||
You tried to disable a stack that was in fact currently in
|
||
use.
|
||
|
||
‘ENOMEM’
|
||
The size of the alternate stack was too small. It must be
|
||
greater than ‘MINSIGSTKSZ’.
|
||
|
||
Here is the older ‘sigstack’ interface. You should use ‘sigaltstack’
|
||
instead on systems that have it.
|
||
|
||
-- Data Type: struct sigstack
|
||
|
||
This structure describes a signal stack. It contains the following
|
||
members:
|
||
|
||
‘void *ss_sp’
|
||
This is the stack pointer. If the stack grows downwards on
|
||
your machine, this should point to the top of the area you
|
||
allocated. If the stack grows upwards, it should point to the
|
||
bottom.
|
||
|
||
‘int ss_onstack’
|
||
This field is true if the process is currently using this
|
||
stack.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sigstack (struct sigstack *STACK, struct sigstack
|
||
*OLDSTACK)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe lock/hurd | AC-Unsafe lock/hurd
|
||
| *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘sigstack’ function specifies an alternate stack for use during
|
||
signal handling. When a signal is received by the process and its
|
||
action indicates that the signal stack is used, the system arranges
|
||
a switch to the currently installed signal stack while the handler
|
||
for that signal is executed.
|
||
|
||
If OLDSTACK is not a null pointer, information about the currently
|
||
installed signal stack is returned in the location it points to.
|
||
If STACK is not a null pointer, then this is installed as the new
|
||
stack for use by signal handlers.
|
||
|
||
The return value is ‘0’ on success and ‘-1’ on failure.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: BSD Signal Handling, Prev: Signal Stack, Up: Signal Handling
|
||
|
||
24.10 BSD Signal Handling
|
||
=========================
|
||
|
||
This section describes alternative signal handling functions derived
|
||
from BSD Unix. These facilities were an advance, in their time; today,
|
||
they are mostly obsolete, and supported mainly for compatibility with
|
||
BSD Unix.
|
||
|
||
There are many similarities between the BSD and POSIX signal handling
|
||
facilities, because the POSIX facilities were inspired by the BSD
|
||
facilities. Besides having different names for all the functions to
|
||
avoid conflicts, the main difference between the two is that BSD Unix
|
||
represents signal masks as an ‘int’ bit mask, rather than as a
|
||
‘sigset_t’ object.
|
||
|
||
The BSD facilities are declared in ‘signal.h’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int siginterrupt (int SIGNUM, int FAILFLAG)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe const:sigintr | AS-Unsafe | AC-Unsafe
|
||
corrupt | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function specifies which approach to use when certain
|
||
primitives are interrupted by handling signal SIGNUM. If FAILFLAG
|
||
is false, signal SIGNUM restarts primitives. If FAILFLAG is true,
|
||
handling SIGNUM causes these primitives to fail with error code
|
||
‘EINTR’. *Note Interrupted Primitives::.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int sigmask (int SIGNUM)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This macro returns a signal mask that has the bit for signal SIGNUM
|
||
set. You can bitwise-OR the results of several calls to ‘sigmask’
|
||
together to specify more than one signal. For example,
|
||
|
||
(sigmask (SIGTSTP) | sigmask (SIGSTOP)
|
||
| sigmask (SIGTTIN) | sigmask (SIGTTOU))
|
||
|
||
specifies a mask that includes all the job-control stop signals.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sigblock (int MASK)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe lock/hurd | AC-Unsafe lock/hurd
|
||
| *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function is equivalent to ‘sigprocmask’ (*note Process Signal
|
||
Mask::) with a HOW argument of ‘SIG_BLOCK’: it adds the signals
|
||
specified by MASK to the calling process’s set of blocked signals.
|
||
The return value is the previous set of blocked signals.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sigsetmask (int MASK)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe lock/hurd | AC-Unsafe lock/hurd
|
||
| *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function is equivalent to ‘sigprocmask’ (*note Process Signal
|
||
Mask::) with a HOW argument of ‘SIG_SETMASK’: it sets the calling
|
||
process’s signal mask to MASK. The return value is the previous
|
||
set of blocked signals.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sigpause (int MASK)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:sigprocmask/!bsd!linux | AS-Unsafe
|
||
lock/hurd | AC-Unsafe lock/hurd | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function is the equivalent of ‘sigsuspend’ (*note Waiting for
|
||
a Signal::): it sets the calling process’s signal mask to MASK, and
|
||
waits for a signal to arrive. On return the previous set of
|
||
blocked signals is restored.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Program Basics, Next: Processes, Prev: Signal Handling, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
25 The Basic Program/System Interface
|
||
*************************************
|
||
|
||
“Processes” are the primitive units for allocation of system resources.
|
||
Each process has its own address space and (usually) one thread of
|
||
control. A process executes a program; you can have multiple processes
|
||
executing the same program, but each process has its own copy of the
|
||
program within its own address space and executes it independently of
|
||
the other copies. Though it may have multiple threads of control within
|
||
the same program and a program may be composed of multiple logically
|
||
separate modules, a process always executes exactly one program.
|
||
|
||
Note that we are using a specific definition of “program” for the
|
||
purposes of this manual, which corresponds to a common definition in the
|
||
context of Unix systems. In popular usage, “program” enjoys a much
|
||
broader definition; it can refer for example to a system’s kernel, an
|
||
editor macro, a complex package of software, or a discrete section of
|
||
code executing within a process.
|
||
|
||
Writing the program is what this manual is all about. This chapter
|
||
explains the most basic interface between your program and the system
|
||
that runs, or calls, it. This includes passing of parameters (arguments
|
||
and environment) from the system, requesting basic services from the
|
||
system, and telling the system the program is done.
|
||
|
||
A program starts another program with the ‘exec’ family of system
|
||
calls. This chapter looks at program startup from the execee’s point of
|
||
view. To see the event from the execor’s point of view, see *note
|
||
Executing a File::.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Program Arguments:: Parsing your program’s command-line arguments
|
||
* Environment Variables:: Less direct parameters affecting your program
|
||
* Auxiliary Vector:: Least direct parameters affecting your program
|
||
* System Calls:: Requesting service from the system
|
||
* Program Termination:: Telling the system you’re done; return status
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Program Arguments, Next: Environment Variables, Up: Program Basics
|
||
|
||
25.1 Program Arguments
|
||
======================
|
||
|
||
The system starts a C program by calling the function ‘main’. It is up
|
||
to you to write a function named ‘main’—otherwise, you won’t even be
|
||
able to link your program without errors.
|
||
|
||
In ISO C you can define ‘main’ either to take no arguments, or to
|
||
take two arguments that represent the command line arguments to the
|
||
program, like this:
|
||
|
||
int main (int ARGC, char *ARGV[])
|
||
|
||
The command line arguments are the whitespace-separated tokens given
|
||
in the shell command used to invoke the program; thus, in ‘cat foo bar’,
|
||
the arguments are ‘foo’ and ‘bar’. The only way a program can look at
|
||
its command line arguments is via the arguments of ‘main’. If ‘main’
|
||
doesn’t take arguments, then you cannot get at the command line.
|
||
|
||
The value of the ARGC argument is the number of command line
|
||
arguments. The ARGV argument is a vector of C strings; its elements are
|
||
the individual command line argument strings. The file name of the
|
||
program being run is also included in the vector as the first element;
|
||
the value of ARGC counts this element. A null pointer always follows
|
||
the last element: ‘ARGV[ARGC]’ is this null pointer.
|
||
|
||
For the command ‘cat foo bar’, ARGC is 3 and ARGV has three elements,
|
||
‘"cat"’, ‘"foo"’ and ‘"bar"’.
|
||
|
||
In Unix systems you can define ‘main’ a third way, using three
|
||
arguments:
|
||
|
||
int main (int ARGC, char *ARGV[], char *ENVP[])
|
||
|
||
The first two arguments are just the same. The third argument ENVP
|
||
gives the program’s environment; it is the same as the value of
|
||
‘environ’. *Note Environment Variables::. POSIX.1 does not allow this
|
||
three-argument form, so to be portable it is best to write ‘main’ to
|
||
take two arguments, and use the value of ‘environ’.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Argument Syntax:: By convention, options start with a hyphen.
|
||
* Parsing Program Arguments:: Ways to parse program options and arguments.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argument Syntax, Next: Parsing Program Arguments, Up: Program Arguments
|
||
|
||
25.1.1 Program Argument Syntax Conventions
|
||
------------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
POSIX recommends these conventions for command line arguments. ‘getopt’
|
||
(*note Getopt::) and ‘argp_parse’ (*note Argp::) make it easy to
|
||
implement them.
|
||
|
||
• Arguments are options if they begin with a hyphen delimiter (‘-’).
|
||
|
||
• Multiple options may follow a hyphen delimiter in a single token if
|
||
the options do not take arguments. Thus, ‘-abc’ is equivalent to
|
||
‘-a -b -c’.
|
||
|
||
• Option names are single alphanumeric characters (as for ‘isalnum’;
|
||
*note Classification of Characters::).
|
||
|
||
• Certain options require an argument. For example, the ‘-o’ command
|
||
of the ‘ld’ command requires an argument—an output file name.
|
||
|
||
• An option and its argument may or may not appear as separate
|
||
tokens. (In other words, the whitespace separating them is
|
||
optional.) Thus, ‘-o foo’ and ‘-ofoo’ are equivalent.
|
||
|
||
• Options typically precede other non-option arguments.
|
||
|
||
The implementations of ‘getopt’ and ‘argp_parse’ in the GNU C
|
||
Library normally make it appear as if all the option arguments were
|
||
specified before all the non-option arguments for the purposes of
|
||
parsing, even if the user of your program intermixed option and
|
||
non-option arguments. They do this by reordering the elements of
|
||
the ARGV array. This behavior is nonstandard; if you want to
|
||
suppress it, define the ‘_POSIX_OPTION_ORDER’ environment variable.
|
||
*Note Standard Environment::.
|
||
|
||
• The argument ‘--’ terminates all options; any following arguments
|
||
are treated as non-option arguments, even if they begin with a
|
||
hyphen.
|
||
|
||
• A token consisting of a single hyphen character is interpreted as
|
||
an ordinary non-option argument. By convention, it is used to
|
||
specify input from or output to the standard input and output
|
||
streams.
|
||
|
||
• Options may be supplied in any order, or appear multiple times.
|
||
The interpretation is left up to the particular application
|
||
program.
|
||
|
||
GNU adds “long options” to these conventions. Long options consist
|
||
of ‘--’ followed by a name made of alphanumeric characters and dashes.
|
||
Option names are typically one to three words long, with hyphens to
|
||
separate words. Users can abbreviate the option names as long as the
|
||
abbreviations are unique.
|
||
|
||
To specify an argument for a long option, write ‘--NAME=VALUE’. This
|
||
syntax enables a long option to accept an argument that is itself
|
||
optional.
|
||
|
||
Eventually, GNU systems will provide completion for long option names
|
||
in the shell.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Parsing Program Arguments, Prev: Argument Syntax, Up: Program Arguments
|
||
|
||
25.1.2 Parsing Program Arguments
|
||
--------------------------------
|
||
|
||
If the syntax for the command line arguments to your program is simple
|
||
enough, you can simply pick the arguments off from ARGV by hand. But
|
||
unless your program takes a fixed number of arguments, or all of the
|
||
arguments are interpreted in the same way (as file names, for example),
|
||
you are usually better off using ‘getopt’ (*note Getopt::) or
|
||
‘argp_parse’ (*note Argp::) to do the parsing.
|
||
|
||
‘getopt’ is more standard (the short-option only version of it is a
|
||
part of the POSIX standard), but using ‘argp_parse’ is often easier,
|
||
both for very simple and very complex option structures, because it does
|
||
more of the dirty work for you.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Getopt:: Parsing program options using ‘getopt’.
|
||
* Argp:: Parsing program options using ‘argp_parse’.
|
||
* Suboptions:: Some programs need more detailed options.
|
||
* Suboptions Example:: This shows how it could be done for ‘mount’.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Getopt, Next: Argp, Up: Parsing Program Arguments
|
||
|
||
25.2 Parsing program options using ‘getopt’
|
||
===========================================
|
||
|
||
The ‘getopt’ and ‘getopt_long’ functions automate some of the chore
|
||
involved in parsing typical unix command line options.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Using Getopt:: Using the ‘getopt’ function.
|
||
* Example of Getopt:: An example of parsing options with ‘getopt’.
|
||
* Getopt Long Options:: GNU suggests utilities accept long-named
|
||
options; here is one way to do.
|
||
* Getopt Long Option Example:: An example of using ‘getopt_long’.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Using Getopt, Next: Example of Getopt, Up: Getopt
|
||
|
||
25.2.1 Using the ‘getopt’ function
|
||
----------------------------------
|
||
|
||
Here are the details about how to call the ‘getopt’ function. To use
|
||
this facility, your program must include the header file ‘unistd.h’.
|
||
|
||
-- Variable: int opterr
|
||
|
||
If the value of this variable is nonzero, then ‘getopt’ prints an
|
||
error message to the standard error stream if it encounters an
|
||
unknown option character or an option with a missing required
|
||
argument. This is the default behavior. If you set this variable
|
||
to zero, ‘getopt’ does not print any messages, but it still returns
|
||
the character ‘?’ to indicate an error.
|
||
|
||
-- Variable: int optopt
|
||
|
||
When ‘getopt’ encounters an unknown option character or an option
|
||
with a missing required argument, it stores that option character
|
||
in this variable. You can use this for providing your own
|
||
diagnostic messages.
|
||
|
||
-- Variable: int optind
|
||
|
||
This variable is set by ‘getopt’ to the index of the next element
|
||
of the ARGV array to be processed. Once ‘getopt’ has found all of
|
||
the option arguments, you can use this variable to determine where
|
||
the remaining non-option arguments begin. The initial value of
|
||
this variable is ‘1’.
|
||
|
||
-- Variable: char * optarg
|
||
|
||
This variable is set by ‘getopt’ to point at the value of the
|
||
option argument, for those options that accept arguments.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int getopt (int ARGC, char *const *ARGV, const char
|
||
*OPTIONS)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:getopt env | AS-Unsafe heap i18n lock
|
||
corrupt | AC-Unsafe mem lock corrupt | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘getopt’ function gets the next option argument from the
|
||
argument list specified by the ARGV and ARGC arguments. Normally
|
||
these values come directly from the arguments received by ‘main’.
|
||
|
||
The OPTIONS argument is a string that specifies the option
|
||
characters that are valid for this program. An option character in
|
||
this string can be followed by a colon (‘:’) to indicate that it
|
||
takes a required argument. If an option character is followed by
|
||
two colons (‘::’), its argument is optional; this is a GNU
|
||
extension.
|
||
|
||
‘getopt’ has three ways to deal with options that follow
|
||
non-options ARGV elements. The special argument ‘--’ forces in all
|
||
cases the end of option scanning.
|
||
|
||
• The default is to permute the contents of ARGV while scanning
|
||
it so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.
|
||
This allows options to be given in any order, even with
|
||
programs that were not written to expect this.
|
||
|
||
• If the OPTIONS argument string begins with a hyphen (‘-’),
|
||
this is treated specially. It permits arguments that are not
|
||
options to be returned as if they were associated with option
|
||
character ‘\1’.
|
||
|
||
• POSIX demands the following behavior: the first non-option
|
||
stops option processing. This mode is selected by either
|
||
setting the environment variable ‘POSIXLY_CORRECT’ or
|
||
beginning the OPTIONS argument string with a plus sign (‘+’).
|
||
|
||
The ‘getopt’ function returns the option character for the next
|
||
command line option. When no more option arguments are available,
|
||
it returns ‘-1’. There may still be more non-option arguments; you
|
||
must compare the external variable ‘optind’ against the ARGC
|
||
parameter to check this.
|
||
|
||
If the option has an argument, ‘getopt’ returns the argument by
|
||
storing it in the variable OPTARG. You don’t ordinarily need to
|
||
copy the ‘optarg’ string, since it is a pointer into the original
|
||
ARGV array, not into a static area that might be overwritten.
|
||
|
||
If ‘getopt’ finds an option character in ARGV that was not included
|
||
in OPTIONS, or a missing option argument, it returns ‘?’ and sets
|
||
the external variable ‘optopt’ to the actual option character. If
|
||
the first character of OPTIONS is a colon (‘:’), then ‘getopt’
|
||
returns ‘:’ instead of ‘?’ to indicate a missing option argument.
|
||
In addition, if the external variable ‘opterr’ is nonzero (which is
|
||
the default), ‘getopt’ prints an error message.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Example of Getopt, Next: Getopt Long Options, Prev: Using Getopt, Up: Getopt
|
||
|
||
25.2.2 Example of Parsing Arguments with ‘getopt’
|
||
-------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
Here is an example showing how ‘getopt’ is typically used. The key
|
||
points to notice are:
|
||
|
||
• Normally, ‘getopt’ is called in a loop. When ‘getopt’ returns
|
||
‘-1’, indicating no more options are present, the loop terminates.
|
||
|
||
• A ‘switch’ statement is used to dispatch on the return value from
|
||
‘getopt’. In typical use, each case just sets a variable that is
|
||
used later in the program.
|
||
|
||
• A second loop is used to process the remaining non-option
|
||
arguments.
|
||
|
||
|
||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
main (int argc, char **argv)
|
||
{
|
||
int aflag = 0;
|
||
int bflag = 0;
|
||
char *cvalue = NULL;
|
||
int index;
|
||
int c;
|
||
|
||
opterr = 0;
|
||
|
||
while ((c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:")) != -1)
|
||
switch (c)
|
||
{
|
||
case 'a':
|
||
aflag = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 'b':
|
||
bflag = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 'c':
|
||
cvalue = optarg;
|
||
break;
|
||
case '?':
|
||
if (optopt == 'c')
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "Option -%c requires an argument.\n", optopt);
|
||
else if (isprint (optopt))
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "Unknown option `-%c'.\n", optopt);
|
||
else
|
||
fprintf (stderr,
|
||
"Unknown option character `\\x%x'.\n",
|
||
optopt);
|
||
return 1;
|
||
default:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
printf ("aflag = %d, bflag = %d, cvalue = %s\n",
|
||
aflag, bflag, cvalue);
|
||
|
||
for (index = optind; index < argc; index++)
|
||
printf ("Non-option argument %s\n", argv[index]);
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Here are some examples showing what this program prints with
|
||
different combinations of arguments:
|
||
|
||
% testopt
|
||
aflag = 0, bflag = 0, cvalue = (null)
|
||
|
||
% testopt -a -b
|
||
aflag = 1, bflag = 1, cvalue = (null)
|
||
|
||
% testopt -ab
|
||
aflag = 1, bflag = 1, cvalue = (null)
|
||
|
||
% testopt -c foo
|
||
aflag = 0, bflag = 0, cvalue = foo
|
||
|
||
% testopt -cfoo
|
||
aflag = 0, bflag = 0, cvalue = foo
|
||
|
||
% testopt arg1
|
||
aflag = 0, bflag = 0, cvalue = (null)
|
||
Non-option argument arg1
|
||
|
||
% testopt -a arg1
|
||
aflag = 1, bflag = 0, cvalue = (null)
|
||
Non-option argument arg1
|
||
|
||
% testopt -c foo arg1
|
||
aflag = 0, bflag = 0, cvalue = foo
|
||
Non-option argument arg1
|
||
|
||
% testopt -a -- -b
|
||
aflag = 1, bflag = 0, cvalue = (null)
|
||
Non-option argument -b
|
||
|
||
% testopt -a -
|
||
aflag = 1, bflag = 0, cvalue = (null)
|
||
Non-option argument -
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Getopt Long Options, Next: Getopt Long Option Example, Prev: Example of Getopt, Up: Getopt
|
||
|
||
25.2.3 Parsing Long Options with ‘getopt_long’
|
||
----------------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
To accept GNU-style long options as well as single-character options,
|
||
use ‘getopt_long’ instead of ‘getopt’. This function is declared in
|
||
‘getopt.h’, not ‘unistd.h’. You should make every program accept long
|
||
options if it uses any options, for this takes little extra work and
|
||
helps beginners remember how to use the program.
|
||
|
||
-- Data Type: struct option
|
||
|
||
This structure describes a single long option name for the sake of
|
||
‘getopt_long’. The argument LONGOPTS must be an array of these
|
||
structures, one for each long option. Terminate the array with an
|
||
element containing all zeros.
|
||
|
||
The ‘struct option’ structure has these fields:
|
||
|
||
‘const char *name’
|
||
This field is the name of the option. It is a string.
|
||
|
||
‘int has_arg’
|
||
This field says whether the option takes an argument. It is
|
||
an integer, and there are three legitimate values:
|
||
‘no_argument’, ‘required_argument’ and ‘optional_argument’.
|
||
|
||
‘int *flag’
|
||
‘int val’
|
||
These fields control how to report or act on the option when
|
||
it occurs.
|
||
|
||
If ‘flag’ is a null pointer, then the ‘val’ is a value which
|
||
identifies this option. Often these values are chosen to
|
||
uniquely identify particular long options.
|
||
|
||
If ‘flag’ is not a null pointer, it should be the address of
|
||
an ‘int’ variable which is the flag for this option. The
|
||
value in ‘val’ is the value to store in the flag to indicate
|
||
that the option was seen.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int getopt_long (int ARGC, char *const *ARGV, const char
|
||
*SHORTOPTS, const struct option *LONGOPTS, int *INDEXPTR)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:getopt env | AS-Unsafe heap i18n lock
|
||
corrupt | AC-Unsafe mem lock corrupt | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
Decode options from the vector ARGV (whose length is ARGC). The
|
||
argument SHORTOPTS describes the short options to accept, just as
|
||
it does in ‘getopt’. The argument LONGOPTS describes the long
|
||
options to accept (see above).
|
||
|
||
When ‘getopt_long’ encounters a short option, it does the same
|
||
thing that ‘getopt’ would do: it returns the character code for the
|
||
option, and stores the option’s argument (if it has one) in
|
||
‘optarg’.
|
||
|
||
When ‘getopt_long’ encounters a long option, it takes actions based
|
||
on the ‘flag’ and ‘val’ fields of the definition of that option.
|
||
|
||
If ‘flag’ is a null pointer, then ‘getopt_long’ returns the
|
||
contents of ‘val’ to indicate which option it found. You should
|
||
arrange distinct values in the ‘val’ field for options with
|
||
different meanings, so you can decode these values after
|
||
‘getopt_long’ returns. If the long option is equivalent to a short
|
||
option, you can use the short option’s character code in ‘val’.
|
||
|
||
If ‘flag’ is not a null pointer, that means this option should just
|
||
set a flag in the program. The flag is a variable of type ‘int’
|
||
that you define. Put the address of the flag in the ‘flag’ field.
|
||
Put in the ‘val’ field the value you would like this option to
|
||
store in the flag. In this case, ‘getopt_long’ returns ‘0’.
|
||
|
||
For any long option, ‘getopt_long’ tells you the index in the array
|
||
LONGOPTS of the options definition, by storing it into ‘*INDEXPTR’.
|
||
You can get the name of the option with ‘LONGOPTS[*INDEXPTR].name’.
|
||
So you can distinguish among long options either by the values in
|
||
their ‘val’ fields or by their indices. You can also distinguish
|
||
in this way among long options that set flags.
|
||
|
||
When a long option has an argument, ‘getopt_long’ puts the argument
|
||
value in the variable ‘optarg’ before returning. When the option
|
||
has no argument, the value in ‘optarg’ is a null pointer. This is
|
||
how you can tell whether an optional argument was supplied.
|
||
|
||
When ‘getopt_long’ has no more options to handle, it returns ‘-1’,
|
||
and leaves in the variable ‘optind’ the index in ARGV of the next
|
||
remaining argument.
|
||
|
||
Since long option names were used before ‘getopt_long’ was invented
|
||
there are program interfaces which require programs to recognize options
|
||
like ‘-option value’ instead of ‘--option value’. To enable these
|
||
programs to use the GNU getopt functionality there is one more function
|
||
available.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int getopt_long_only (int ARGC, char *const *ARGV, const
|
||
char *SHORTOPTS, const struct option *LONGOPTS, int *INDEXPTR)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:getopt env | AS-Unsafe heap i18n lock
|
||
corrupt | AC-Unsafe mem lock corrupt | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘getopt_long_only’ function is equivalent to the ‘getopt_long’
|
||
function but it allows the user of the application to pass long
|
||
options with only ‘-’ instead of ‘--’. The ‘--’ prefix is still
|
||
recognized but instead of looking through the short options if a
|
||
‘-’ is seen it is first tried whether this parameter names a long
|
||
option. If not, it is parsed as a short option.
|
||
|
||
Assuming ‘getopt_long_only’ is used starting an application with
|
||
|
||
app -foo
|
||
|
||
the ‘getopt_long_only’ will first look for a long option named
|
||
‘foo’. If this is not found, the short options ‘f’, ‘o’, and again
|
||
‘o’ are recognized.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Getopt Long Option Example, Prev: Getopt Long Options, Up: Getopt
|
||
|
||
25.2.4 Example of Parsing Long Options with ‘getopt_long’
|
||
---------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
|
||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||
#include <getopt.h>
|
||
|
||
/* Flag set by ‘--verbose’. */
|
||
static int verbose_flag;
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
main (int argc, char **argv)
|
||
{
|
||
int c;
|
||
|
||
while (1)
|
||
{
|
||
static struct option long_options[] =
|
||
{
|
||
/* These options set a flag. */
|
||
{"verbose", no_argument, &verbose_flag, 1},
|
||
{"brief", no_argument, &verbose_flag, 0},
|
||
/* These options don’t set a flag.
|
||
We distinguish them by their indices. */
|
||
{"add", no_argument, 0, 'a'},
|
||
{"append", no_argument, 0, 'b'},
|
||
{"delete", required_argument, 0, 'd'},
|
||
{"create", required_argument, 0, 'c'},
|
||
{"file", required_argument, 0, 'f'},
|
||
{0, 0, 0, 0}
|
||
};
|
||
/* ‘getopt_long’ stores the option index here. */
|
||
int option_index = 0;
|
||
|
||
c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:f:",
|
||
long_options, &option_index);
|
||
|
||
/* Detect the end of the options. */
|
||
if (c == -1)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
switch (c)
|
||
{
|
||
case 0:
|
||
/* If this option set a flag, do nothing else now. */
|
||
if (long_options[option_index].flag != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
|
||
if (optarg)
|
||
printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
|
||
printf ("\n");
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case 'a':
|
||
puts ("option -a\n");
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case 'b':
|
||
puts ("option -b\n");
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case 'c':
|
||
printf ("option -c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case 'd':
|
||
printf ("option -d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case 'f':
|
||
printf ("option -f with value `%s'\n", optarg);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case '?':
|
||
/* ‘getopt_long’ already printed an error message. */
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Instead of reporting ‘--verbose’
|
||
and ‘--brief’ as they are encountered,
|
||
we report the final status resulting from them. */
|
||
if (verbose_flag)
|
||
puts ("verbose flag is set");
|
||
|
||
/* Print any remaining command line arguments (not options). */
|
||
if (optind < argc)
|
||
{
|
||
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
|
||
while (optind < argc)
|
||
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
|
||
putchar ('\n');
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
exit (0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp, Next: Suboptions, Prev: Getopt, Up: Parsing Program Arguments
|
||
|
||
25.3 Parsing Program Options with Argp
|
||
======================================
|
||
|
||
“Argp” is an interface for parsing unix-style argument vectors. *Note
|
||
Program Arguments::.
|
||
|
||
Argp provides features unavailable in the more commonly used ‘getopt’
|
||
interface. These features include automatically producing output in
|
||
response to the ‘--help’ and ‘--version’ options, as described in the
|
||
GNU coding standards. Using argp makes it less likely that programmers
|
||
will neglect to implement these additional options or keep them up to
|
||
date.
|
||
|
||
Argp also provides the ability to merge several independently defined
|
||
option parsers into one, mediating conflicts between them and making the
|
||
result appear seamless. A library can export an argp option parser that
|
||
user programs might employ in conjunction with their own option parsers,
|
||
resulting in less work for the user programs. Some programs may use
|
||
only argument parsers exported by libraries, thereby achieving
|
||
consistent and efficient option-parsing for abstractions implemented by
|
||
the libraries.
|
||
|
||
The header file ‘<argp.h>’ should be included to use argp.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Argp Global Variables::
|
||
* Argp Parsers::
|
||
* Argp Option Vectors::
|
||
* Argp Parser Functions::
|
||
* Argp Children::
|
||
* Argp Flags::
|
||
* Argp Help Filtering::
|
||
* Argp Help::
|
||
* Argp Help Flags::
|
||
* Argp Examples::
|
||
* Argp User Customization::
|
||
* Suboptions Example::
|
||
|
||
25.3.1 The ‘argp_parse’ Function
|
||
--------------------------------
|
||
|
||
The main interface to argp is the ‘argp_parse’ function. In many cases,
|
||
calling ‘argp_parse’ is the only argument-parsing code needed in ‘main’.
|
||
*Note Program Arguments::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: error_t argp_parse (const struct argp *ARGP, int ARGC,
|
||
char **ARGV, unsigned FLAGS, int *ARG_INDEX, void *INPUT)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:argpbuf locale env | AS-Unsafe heap
|
||
i18n lock corrupt | AC-Unsafe mem lock corrupt | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘argp_parse’ function parses the arguments in ARGV, of length
|
||
ARGC, using the argp parser ARGP. *Note Argp Parsers::. Passing a
|
||
null pointer for ARGP is the same as using a ‘struct argp’
|
||
containing all zeros.
|
||
|
||
FLAGS is a set of flag bits that modify the parsing behavior.
|
||
*Note Argp Flags::. INPUT is passed through to the argp parser
|
||
ARGP, and has meaning defined by ARGP. A typical usage is to pass
|
||
a pointer to a structure which is used for specifying parameters to
|
||
the parser and passing back the results.
|
||
|
||
Unless the ‘ARGP_NO_EXIT’ or ‘ARGP_NO_HELP’ flags are included in
|
||
FLAGS, calling ‘argp_parse’ may result in the program exiting.
|
||
This behavior is true if an error is detected, or when an unknown
|
||
option is encountered. *Note Program Termination::.
|
||
|
||
If ARG_INDEX is non-null, the index of the first unparsed option in
|
||
ARGV is returned as a value.
|
||
|
||
The return value is zero for successful parsing, or an error code
|
||
(*note Error Codes::) if an error is detected. Different argp
|
||
parsers may return arbitrary error codes, but the standard error
|
||
codes are: ‘ENOMEM’ if a memory allocation error occurred, or
|
||
‘EINVAL’ if an unknown option or option argument is encountered.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Globals: Argp Global Variables. Global argp parameters.
|
||
* Parsers: Argp Parsers. Defining parsers for use with ‘argp_parse’.
|
||
* Flags: Argp Flags. Flags that modify the behavior of ‘argp_parse’.
|
||
* Help: Argp Help. Printing help messages when not parsing.
|
||
* Examples: Argp Examples. Simple examples of programs using argp.
|
||
* Customization: Argp User Customization.
|
||
Users may control the ‘--help’ output format.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Global Variables, Next: Argp Parsers, Up: Argp
|
||
|
||
25.3.2 Argp Global Variables
|
||
----------------------------
|
||
|
||
These variables make it easy for user programs to implement the
|
||
‘--version’ option and provide a bug-reporting address in the ‘--help’
|
||
output. These are implemented in argp by default.
|
||
|
||
-- Variable: const char * argp_program_version
|
||
|
||
If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a
|
||
‘--version’ option is added when parsing with ‘argp_parse’, which
|
||
will print the ‘--version’ string followed by a newline and exit.
|
||
The exception to this is if the ‘ARGP_NO_EXIT’ flag is used.
|
||
|
||
-- Variable: const char * argp_program_bug_address
|
||
|
||
If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value,
|
||
‘argp_program_bug_address’ should point to a string that will be
|
||
printed at the end of the standard output for the ‘--help’ option,
|
||
embedded in a sentence that says ‘Report bugs to ADDRESS.’.
|
||
|
||
-- Variable: argp_program_version_hook
|
||
|
||
If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, a
|
||
‘--version’ option is added when parsing with ‘arg_parse’, which
|
||
prints the program version and exits with a status of zero. This
|
||
is not the case if the ‘ARGP_NO_HELP’ flag is used. If the
|
||
‘ARGP_NO_EXIT’ flag is set, the exit behavior of the program is
|
||
suppressed or modified, as when the argp parser is going to be used
|
||
by other programs.
|
||
|
||
It should point to a function with this type of signature:
|
||
|
||
void PRINT-VERSION (FILE *STREAM, struct argp_state *STATE)
|
||
|
||
*Note Argp Parsing State::, for an explanation of STATE.
|
||
|
||
This variable takes precedence over ‘argp_program_version’, and is
|
||
useful if a program has version information not easily expressed in
|
||
a simple string.
|
||
|
||
-- Variable: error_t argp_err_exit_status
|
||
|
||
This is the exit status used when argp exits due to a parsing
|
||
error. If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults
|
||
to: ‘EX_USAGE’ from ‘<sysexits.h>’.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Parsers, Next: Argp Flags, Prev: Argp Global Variables, Up: Argp
|
||
|
||
25.3.3 Specifying Argp Parsers
|
||
------------------------------
|
||
|
||
The first argument to the ‘argp_parse’ function is a pointer to a
|
||
‘struct argp’, which is known as an “argp parser”:
|
||
|
||
-- Data Type: struct argp
|
||
|
||
This structure specifies how to parse a given set of options and
|
||
arguments, perhaps in conjunction with other argp parsers. It has
|
||
the following fields:
|
||
|
||
‘const struct argp_option *options’
|
||
A pointer to a vector of ‘argp_option’ structures specifying
|
||
which options this argp parser understands; it may be zero if
|
||
there are no options at all. *Note Argp Option Vectors::.
|
||
|
||
‘argp_parser_t parser’
|
||
A pointer to a function that defines actions for this parser;
|
||
it is called for each option parsed, and at other well-defined
|
||
points in the parsing process. A value of zero is the same as
|
||
a pointer to a function that always returns
|
||
‘ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN’. *Note Argp Parser Functions::.
|
||
|
||
‘const char *args_doc’
|
||
If non-zero, a string describing what non-option arguments are
|
||
called by this parser. This is only used to print the
|
||
‘Usage:’ message. If it contains newlines, the strings
|
||
separated by them are considered alternative usage patterns
|
||
and printed on separate lines. Lines after the first are
|
||
prefixed by ‘ or: ’ instead of ‘Usage:’.
|
||
|
||
‘const char *doc’
|
||
If non-zero, a string containing extra text to be printed
|
||
before and after the options in a long help message, with the
|
||
two sections separated by a vertical tab (‘'\v'’, ‘'\013'’)
|
||
character. By convention, the documentation before the
|
||
options is just a short string explaining what the program
|
||
does. Documentation printed after the options describe
|
||
behavior in more detail.
|
||
|
||
‘const struct argp_child *children’
|
||
A pointer to a vector of ‘argp_child’ structures. This
|
||
pointer specifies which additional argp parsers should be
|
||
combined with this one. *Note Argp Children::.
|
||
|
||
‘char *(*help_filter)(int KEY, const char *TEXT, void *INPUT)’
|
||
If non-zero, a pointer to a function that filters the output
|
||
of help messages. *Note Argp Help Filtering::.
|
||
|
||
‘const char *argp_domain’
|
||
If non-zero, the strings used in the argp library are
|
||
translated using the domain described by this string. If
|
||
zero, the current default domain is used.
|
||
|
||
Of the above group, ‘options’, ‘parser’, ‘args_doc’, and the ‘doc’
|
||
fields are usually all that are needed. If an argp parser is defined as
|
||
an initialized C variable, only the fields used need be specified in the
|
||
initializer. The rest will default to zero due to the way C structure
|
||
initialization works. This design is exploited in most argp structures;
|
||
the most-used fields are grouped near the beginning, the unused fields
|
||
left unspecified.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Options: Argp Option Vectors. Specifying options in an argp parser.
|
||
* Argp Parser Functions:: Defining actions for an argp parser.
|
||
* Children: Argp Children. Combining multiple argp parsers.
|
||
* Help Filtering: Argp Help Filtering. Customizing help output for an argp parser.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Option Vectors, Next: Argp Parser Functions, Prev: Argp Parsers, Up: Argp Parsers
|
||
|
||
25.3.4 Specifying Options in an Argp Parser
|
||
-------------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
The ‘options’ field in a ‘struct argp’ points to a vector of ‘struct
|
||
argp_option’ structures, each of which specifies an option that the argp
|
||
parser supports. Multiple entries may be used for a single option
|
||
provided it has multiple names. This should be terminated by an entry
|
||
with zero in all fields. Note that when using an initialized C array
|
||
for options, writing ‘{ 0 }’ is enough to achieve this.
|
||
|
||
-- Data Type: struct argp_option
|
||
|
||
This structure specifies a single option that an argp parser
|
||
understands, as well as how to parse and document that option. It
|
||
has the following fields:
|
||
|
||
‘const char *name’
|
||
The long name for this option, corresponding to the long
|
||
option ‘--NAME’; this field may be zero if this option _only_
|
||
has a short name. To specify multiple names for an option,
|
||
additional entries may follow this one, with the
|
||
‘OPTION_ALIAS’ flag set. *Note Argp Option Flags::.
|
||
|
||
‘int key’
|
||
The integer key provided by the current option to the option
|
||
parser. If KEY has a value that is a printable ASCII
|
||
character (i.e., ‘isascii (KEY)’ is true), it _also_ specifies
|
||
a short option ‘-CHAR’, where CHAR is the ASCII character with
|
||
the code KEY.
|
||
|
||
‘const char *arg’
|
||
If non-zero, this is the name of an argument associated with
|
||
this option, which must be provided (e.g., with the
|
||
‘--NAME=VALUE’ or ‘-CHAR VALUE’ syntaxes), unless the
|
||
‘OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL’ flag (*note Argp Option Flags::) is set,
|
||
in which case it _may_ be provided.
|
||
|
||
‘int flags’
|
||
Flags associated with this option, some of which are referred
|
||
to above. *Note Argp Option Flags::.
|
||
|
||
‘const char *doc’
|
||
A documentation string for this option, for printing in help
|
||
messages.
|
||
|
||
If both the ‘name’ and ‘key’ fields are zero, this string will
|
||
be printed tabbed left from the normal option column, making
|
||
it useful as a group header. This will be the first thing
|
||
printed in its group. In this usage, it’s conventional to end
|
||
the string with a ‘:’ character.
|
||
|
||
‘int group’
|
||
Group identity for this option.
|
||
|
||
In a long help message, options are sorted alphabetically
|
||
within each group, and the groups presented in the order 0, 1,
|
||
2, ..., N, −M, ..., −2, −1.
|
||
|
||
Every entry in an options array with this field 0 will inherit
|
||
the group number of the previous entry, or zero if it’s the
|
||
first one. If it’s a group header with ‘name’ and ‘key’
|
||
fields both zero, the previous entry + 1 is the default.
|
||
Automagic options such as ‘--help’ are put into group −1.
|
||
|
||
Note that because of C structure initialization rules, this
|
||
field often need not be specified, because 0 is the correct
|
||
value.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Flags: Argp Option Flags. Flags for options.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Option Flags, Up: Argp Option Vectors
|
||
|
||
25.3.4.1 Flags for Argp Options
|
||
...............................
|
||
|
||
The following flags may be or’d together in the ‘flags’ field of a
|
||
‘struct argp_option’. These flags control various aspects of how that
|
||
option is parsed or displayed in help messages:
|
||
|
||
‘OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL’
|
||
|
||
The argument associated with this option is optional.
|
||
|
||
‘OPTION_HIDDEN’
|
||
|
||
This option isn’t displayed in any help messages.
|
||
|
||
‘OPTION_ALIAS’
|
||
|
||
This option is an alias for the closest previous non-alias option.
|
||
This means that it will be displayed in the same help entry, and
|
||
will inherit fields other than ‘name’ and ‘key’ from the option
|
||
being aliased.
|
||
|
||
‘OPTION_DOC’
|
||
|
||
This option isn’t actually an option and should be ignored by the
|
||
actual option parser. It is an arbitrary section of documentation
|
||
that should be displayed in much the same manner as the options.
|
||
This is known as a “documentation option”.
|
||
|
||
If this flag is set, then the option ‘name’ field is displayed
|
||
unmodified (e.g., no ‘--’ prefix is added) at the left-margin where
|
||
a _short_ option would normally be displayed, and this
|
||
documentation string is left in its usual place. For purposes of
|
||
sorting, any leading whitespace and punctuation is ignored, unless
|
||
the first non-whitespace character is ‘-’. This entry is displayed
|
||
after all options, after ‘OPTION_DOC’ entries with a leading ‘-’,
|
||
in the same group.
|
||
|
||
‘OPTION_NO_USAGE’
|
||
|
||
This option shouldn’t be included in ‘long’ usage messages, but
|
||
should still be included in other help messages. This is intended
|
||
for options that are completely documented in an argp’s ‘args_doc’
|
||
field. *Note Argp Parsers::. Including this option in the generic
|
||
usage list would be redundant, and should be avoided.
|
||
|
||
For instance, if ‘args_doc’ is ‘"FOO BAR\n-x BLAH"’, and the ‘-x’
|
||
option’s purpose is to distinguish these two cases, ‘-x’ should
|
||
probably be marked ‘OPTION_NO_USAGE’.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Parser Functions, Next: Argp Children, Prev: Argp Option Vectors, Up: Argp Parsers
|
||
|
||
25.3.5 Argp Parser Functions
|
||
----------------------------
|
||
|
||
The function pointed to by the ‘parser’ field in a ‘struct argp’ (*note
|
||
Argp Parsers::) defines what actions take place in response to each
|
||
option or argument parsed. It is also used as a hook, allowing a parser
|
||
to perform tasks at certain other points during parsing.
|
||
|
||
Argp parser functions have the following type signature:
|
||
|
||
error_t PARSER (int KEY, char *ARG, struct argp_state *STATE)
|
||
|
||
where the arguments are as follows:
|
||
|
||
KEY
|
||
For each option that is parsed, PARSER is called with a value of
|
||
KEY from that option’s ‘key’ field in the option vector. *Note
|
||
Argp Option Vectors::. PARSER is also called at other times with
|
||
special reserved keys, such as ‘ARGP_KEY_ARG’ for non-option
|
||
arguments. *Note Argp Special Keys::.
|
||
|
||
ARG
|
||
If KEY is an option, ARG is its given value. This defaults to zero
|
||
if no value is specified. Only options that have a non-zero ‘arg’
|
||
field can ever have a value. These must _always_ have a value
|
||
unless the ‘OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL’ flag is specified. If the input
|
||
being parsed specifies a value for an option that doesn’t allow
|
||
one, an error results before PARSER ever gets called.
|
||
|
||
If KEY is ‘ARGP_KEY_ARG’, ARG is a non-option argument. Other
|
||
special keys always have a zero ARG.
|
||
|
||
STATE
|
||
STATE points to a ‘struct argp_state’, containing useful
|
||
information about the current parsing state for use by PARSER.
|
||
*Note Argp Parsing State::.
|
||
|
||
When PARSER is called, it should perform whatever action is
|
||
appropriate for KEY, and return ‘0’ for success, ‘ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN’ if
|
||
the value of KEY is not handled by this parser function, or a unix error
|
||
code if a real error occurred. *Note Error Codes::.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN
|
||
|
||
Argp parser functions should return ‘ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN’ for any KEY
|
||
value they do not recognize, or for non-option arguments (‘KEY ==
|
||
ARGP_KEY_ARG’) that they are not equipped to handle.
|
||
|
||
A typical parser function uses a switch statement on KEY:
|
||
|
||
error_t
|
||
parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (key)
|
||
{
|
||
case OPTION_KEY:
|
||
ACTION
|
||
break;
|
||
...
|
||
default:
|
||
return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
|
||
}
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Keys: Argp Special Keys. Special values for the KEY argument.
|
||
* State: Argp Parsing State. What the STATE argument refers to.
|
||
* Functions: Argp Helper Functions. Functions to help during argp parsing.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Special Keys, Next: Argp Parsing State, Up: Argp Parser Functions
|
||
|
||
25.3.5.1 Special Keys for Argp Parser Functions
|
||
...............................................
|
||
|
||
In addition to key values corresponding to user options, the KEY
|
||
argument to argp parser functions may have a number of other special
|
||
values. In the following example ARG and STATE refer to parser function
|
||
arguments. *Note Argp Parser Functions::.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_ARG’
|
||
|
||
This is not an option at all, but rather a command line argument,
|
||
whose value is pointed to by ARG.
|
||
|
||
When there are multiple parser functions in play due to argp
|
||
parsers being combined, it’s impossible to know which one will
|
||
handle a specific argument. Each is called until one returns 0 or
|
||
an error other than ‘ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN’; if an argument is not
|
||
handled, ‘argp_parse’ immediately returns success, without parsing
|
||
any more arguments.
|
||
|
||
Once a parser function returns success for this key, that fact is
|
||
recorded, and the ‘ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS’ case won’t be used.
|
||
_However_, if while processing the argument a parser function
|
||
decrements the ‘next’ field of its STATE argument, the option won’t
|
||
be considered processed; this is to allow you to actually modify
|
||
the argument, perhaps into an option, and have it processed again.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_ARGS’
|
||
|
||
If a parser function returns ‘ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN’ for ‘ARGP_KEY_ARG’,
|
||
it is immediately called again with the key ‘ARGP_KEY_ARGS’, which
|
||
has a similar meaning, but is slightly more convenient for
|
||
consuming all remaining arguments. ARG is 0, and the tail of the
|
||
argument vector may be found at ‘STATE->argv + STATE->next’. If
|
||
success is returned for this key, and ‘STATE->next’ is unchanged,
|
||
all remaining arguments are considered to have been consumed.
|
||
Otherwise, the amount by which ‘STATE->next’ has been adjusted
|
||
indicates how many were used. Here’s an example that uses both,
|
||
for different args:
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
case ARGP_KEY_ARG:
|
||
if (STATE->arg_num == 0)
|
||
/* First argument */
|
||
first_arg = ARG;
|
||
else
|
||
/* Let the next case parse it. */
|
||
return ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN;
|
||
break;
|
||
case ARGP_KEY_ARGS:
|
||
remaining_args = STATE->argv + STATE->next;
|
||
num_remaining_args = STATE->argc - STATE->next;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_END’
|
||
|
||
This indicates that there are no more command line arguments.
|
||
Parser functions are called in a different order, children first.
|
||
This allows each parser to clean up its state for the parent.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS’
|
||
|
||
Because it’s common to do some special processing if there aren’t
|
||
any non-option args, parser functions are called with this key if
|
||
they didn’t successfully process any non-option arguments. This is
|
||
called just before ‘ARGP_KEY_END’, where more general validity
|
||
checks on previously parsed arguments take place.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_INIT’
|
||
|
||
This is passed in before any parsing is done. Afterwards, the
|
||
values of each element of the ‘child_input’ field of STATE, if any,
|
||
are copied to each child’s state to be the initial value of the
|
||
‘input’ when _their_ parsers are called.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS’
|
||
|
||
Passed in when parsing has successfully been completed, even if
|
||
arguments remain.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_ERROR’
|
||
|
||
Passed in if an error has occurred and parsing is terminated. In
|
||
this case a call with a key of ‘ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS’ is never made.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_FINI’
|
||
|
||
The final key ever seen by any parser, even after
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS’ and ‘ARGP_KEY_ERROR’. Any resources allocated
|
||
by ‘ARGP_KEY_INIT’ may be freed here. At times, certain resources
|
||
allocated are to be returned to the caller after a successful
|
||
parse. In that case, those particular resources can be freed in
|
||
the ‘ARGP_KEY_ERROR’ case.
|
||
|
||
In all cases, ‘ARGP_KEY_INIT’ is the first key seen by parser
|
||
functions, and ‘ARGP_KEY_FINI’ the last, unless an error was returned by
|
||
the parser for ‘ARGP_KEY_INIT’. Other keys can occur in one the
|
||
following orders. OPT refers to an arbitrary option key:
|
||
|
||
OPT... ‘ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS’ ‘ARGP_KEY_END’ ‘ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS’
|
||
The arguments being parsed did not contain any non-option
|
||
arguments.
|
||
|
||
( OPT | ‘ARGP_KEY_ARG’ )... ‘ARGP_KEY_END’ ‘ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS’
|
||
All non-option arguments were successfully handled by a parser
|
||
function. There may be multiple parser functions if multiple argp
|
||
parsers were combined.
|
||
|
||
( OPT | ‘ARGP_KEY_ARG’ )... ‘ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS’
|
||
Some non-option argument went unrecognized.
|
||
|
||
This occurs when every parser function returns ‘ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN’
|
||
for an argument, in which case parsing stops at that argument if
|
||
ARG_INDEX is a null pointer. Otherwise an error occurs.
|
||
|
||
In all cases, if a non-null value for ARG_INDEX gets passed to
|
||
‘argp_parse’, the index of the first unparsed command-line argument is
|
||
passed back in that value.
|
||
|
||
If an error occurs and is either detected by argp or because a parser
|
||
function returned an error value, each parser is called with
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_ERROR’. No further calls are made, except the final call with
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_FINI’.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Parsing State, Next: Argp Helper Functions, Prev: Argp Special Keys, Up: Argp Parser Functions
|
||
|
||
25.3.5.2 Argp Parsing State
|
||
...........................
|
||
|
||
The third argument to argp parser functions (*note Argp Parser
|
||
Functions::) is a pointer to a ‘struct argp_state’, which contains
|
||
information about the state of the option parsing.
|
||
|
||
-- Data Type: struct argp_state
|
||
|
||
This structure has the following fields, which may be modified as
|
||
noted:
|
||
|
||
‘const struct argp *const root_argp’
|
||
The top level argp parser being parsed. Note that this is
|
||
often _not_ the same ‘struct argp’ passed into ‘argp_parse’ by
|
||
the invoking program. *Note Argp::. It is an internal argp
|
||
parser that contains options implemented by ‘argp_parse’
|
||
itself, such as ‘--help’.
|
||
|
||
‘int argc’
|
||
‘char **argv’
|
||
The argument vector being parsed. This may be modified.
|
||
|
||
‘int next’
|
||
The index in ‘argv’ of the next argument to be parsed. This
|
||
may be modified.
|
||
|
||
One way to consume all remaining arguments in the input is to
|
||
set ‘STATE->next = STATE->argc’, perhaps after recording the
|
||
value of the ‘next’ field to find the consumed arguments. The
|
||
current option can be re-parsed immediately by decrementing
|
||
this field, then modifying ‘STATE->argv[STATE->next]’ to
|
||
reflect the option that should be reexamined.
|
||
|
||
‘unsigned flags’
|
||
The flags supplied to ‘argp_parse’. These may be modified,
|
||
although some flags may only take effect when ‘argp_parse’ is
|
||
first invoked. *Note Argp Flags::.
|
||
|
||
‘unsigned arg_num’
|
||
While calling a parsing function with the KEY argument
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_ARG’, this represents the number of the current arg,
|
||
starting at 0. It is incremented after each ‘ARGP_KEY_ARG’
|
||
call returns. At all other times, this is the number of
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_ARG’ arguments that have been processed.
|
||
|
||
‘int quoted’
|
||
If non-zero, the index in ‘argv’ of the first argument
|
||
following a special ‘--’ argument. This prevents anything
|
||
that follows from being interpreted as an option. It is only
|
||
set after argument parsing has proceeded past this point.
|
||
|
||
‘void *input’
|
||
An arbitrary pointer passed in from the caller of
|
||
‘argp_parse’, in the INPUT argument.
|
||
|
||
‘void **child_inputs’
|
||
These are values that will be passed to child parsers. This
|
||
vector will be the same length as the number of children in
|
||
the current parser. Each child parser will be given the value
|
||
of ‘STATE->child_inputs[I]’ as _its_ ‘STATE->input’ field,
|
||
where I is the index of the child in the this parser’s
|
||
‘children’ field. *Note Argp Children::.
|
||
|
||
‘void *hook’
|
||
For the parser function’s use. Initialized to 0, but
|
||
otherwise ignored by argp.
|
||
|
||
‘char *name’
|
||
The name used when printing messages. This is initialized to
|
||
‘argv[0]’, or ‘program_invocation_name’ if ‘argv[0]’ is
|
||
unavailable.
|
||
|
||
‘FILE *err_stream’
|
||
‘FILE *out_stream’
|
||
The stdio streams used when argp prints. Error messages are
|
||
printed to ‘err_stream’, all other output, such as ‘--help’
|
||
output) to ‘out_stream’. These are initialized to ‘stderr’
|
||
and ‘stdout’ respectively. *Note Standard Streams::.
|
||
|
||
‘void *pstate’
|
||
Private, for use by the argp implementation.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Helper Functions, Prev: Argp Parsing State, Up: Argp Parser Functions
|
||
|
||
25.3.5.3 Functions For Use in Argp Parsers
|
||
..........................................
|
||
|
||
Argp provides a number of functions available to the user of argp (*note
|
||
Argp Parser Functions::), mostly for producing error messages. These
|
||
take as their first argument the STATE argument to the parser function.
|
||
*Note Argp Parsing State::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void argp_usage (const struct argp_state *STATE)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:argpbuf env locale | AS-Unsafe heap
|
||
i18n corrupt | AC-Unsafe mem corrupt lock | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
Outputs the standard usage message for the argp parser referred to
|
||
by STATE to ‘STATE->err_stream’ and terminates the program with
|
||
‘exit (argp_err_exit_status)’. *Note Argp Global Variables::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void argp_error (const struct argp_state *STATE, const
|
||
char *FMT, ...)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:argpbuf env locale | AS-Unsafe heap
|
||
i18n corrupt | AC-Unsafe mem corrupt lock | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
Prints the printf format string FMT and following args, preceded by
|
||
the program name and ‘:’, and followed by a ‘Try ... --help’
|
||
message, and terminates the program with an exit status of
|
||
‘argp_err_exit_status’. *Note Argp Global Variables::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void argp_failure (const struct argp_state *STATE, int
|
||
STATUS, int ERRNUM, const char *FMT, ...)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe corrupt heap | AC-Unsafe lock
|
||
corrupt mem | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
Similar to the standard GNU error-reporting function ‘error’, this
|
||
prints the program name and ‘:’, the printf format string FMT, and
|
||
the appropriate following args. If it is non-zero, the standard
|
||
unix error text for ERRNUM is printed. If STATUS is non-zero, it
|
||
terminates the program with that value as its exit status.
|
||
|
||
The difference between ‘argp_failure’ and ‘argp_error’ is that
|
||
‘argp_error’ is for _parsing errors_, whereas ‘argp_failure’ is for
|
||
other problems that occur during parsing but don’t reflect a
|
||
syntactic problem with the input, such as illegal values for
|
||
options, bad phase of the moon, etc.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *STATE, FILE
|
||
*STREAM, unsigned FLAGS)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:argpbuf env locale | AS-Unsafe heap
|
||
i18n corrupt | AC-Unsafe mem corrupt lock | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
Outputs a help message for the argp parser referred to by STATE, to
|
||
STREAM. The FLAGS argument determines what sort of help message is
|
||
produced. *Note Argp Help Flags::.
|
||
|
||
Error output is sent to ‘STATE->err_stream’, and the program name
|
||
printed is ‘STATE->name’.
|
||
|
||
The output or program termination behavior of these functions may be
|
||
suppressed if the ‘ARGP_NO_EXIT’ or ‘ARGP_NO_ERRS’ flags are passed to
|
||
‘argp_parse’. *Note Argp Flags::.
|
||
|
||
This behavior is useful if an argp parser is exported for use by
|
||
other programs (e.g., by a library), and may be used in a context where
|
||
it is not desirable to terminate the program in response to parsing
|
||
errors. In argp parsers intended for such general use, and for the case
|
||
where the program _doesn’t_ terminate, calls to any of these functions
|
||
should be followed by code that returns the appropriate error code:
|
||
|
||
if (BAD ARGUMENT SYNTAX)
|
||
{
|
||
argp_usage (STATE);
|
||
return EINVAL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
If a parser function will _only_ be used when ‘ARGP_NO_EXIT’ is not set,
|
||
the return may be omitted.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Children, Next: Argp Help Filtering, Prev: Argp Parser Functions, Up: Argp Parsers
|
||
|
||
25.3.6 Combining Multiple Argp Parsers
|
||
--------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
The ‘children’ field in a ‘struct argp’ enables other argp parsers to be
|
||
combined with the referencing one for the parsing of a single set of
|
||
arguments. This field should point to a vector of ‘struct argp_child’,
|
||
which is terminated by an entry having a value of zero in the ‘argp’
|
||
field.
|
||
|
||
Where conflicts between combined parsers arise, as when two specify
|
||
an option with the same name, the parser conflicts are resolved in favor
|
||
of the parent argp parser(s), or the earlier of the argp parsers in the
|
||
list of children.
|
||
|
||
-- Data Type: struct argp_child
|
||
|
||
An entry in the list of subsidiary argp parsers pointed to by the
|
||
‘children’ field in a ‘struct argp’. The fields are as follows:
|
||
|
||
‘const struct argp *argp’
|
||
The child argp parser, or zero to end of the list.
|
||
|
||
‘int flags’
|
||
Flags for this child.
|
||
|
||
‘const char *header’
|
||
If non-zero, this is an optional header to be printed within
|
||
help output before the child options. As a side-effect, a
|
||
non-zero value forces the child options to be grouped
|
||
together. To achieve this effect without actually printing a
|
||
header string, use a value of ‘""’. As with header strings
|
||
specified in an option entry, the conventional value of the
|
||
last character is ‘:’. *Note Argp Option Vectors::.
|
||
|
||
‘int group’
|
||
This is where the child options are grouped relative to the
|
||
other ‘consolidated’ options in the parent argp parser. The
|
||
values are the same as the ‘group’ field in ‘struct
|
||
argp_option’. *Note Argp Option Vectors::. All
|
||
child-groupings follow parent options at a particular group
|
||
level. If both this field and ‘header’ are zero, then the
|
||
child’s options aren’t grouped together, they are merged with
|
||
parent options at the parent option group level.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Flags, Next: Argp Help, Prev: Argp Parsers, Up: Argp
|
||
|
||
25.3.7 Flags for ‘argp_parse’
|
||
-----------------------------
|
||
|
||
The default behavior of ‘argp_parse’ is designed to be convenient for
|
||
the most common case of parsing program command line argument. To
|
||
modify these defaults, the following flags may be or’d together in the
|
||
FLAGS argument to ‘argp_parse’:
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0’
|
||
|
||
Don’t ignore the first element of the ARGV argument to
|
||
‘argp_parse’. Unless ‘ARGP_NO_ERRS’ is set, the first element of
|
||
the argument vector is skipped for option parsing purposes, as it
|
||
corresponds to the program name in a command line.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_NO_ERRS’
|
||
|
||
Don’t print error messages for unknown options to ‘stderr’; unless
|
||
this flag is set, ‘ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0’ is ignored, as ‘argv[0]’ is
|
||
used as the program name in the error messages. This flag implies
|
||
‘ARGP_NO_EXIT’. This is based on the assumption that silent
|
||
exiting upon errors is bad behavior.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_NO_ARGS’
|
||
|
||
Don’t parse any non-option args. Normally these are parsed by
|
||
calling the parse functions with a key of ‘ARGP_KEY_ARG’, the
|
||
actual argument being the value. This flag needn’t normally be
|
||
set, as the default behavior is to stop parsing as soon as an
|
||
argument fails to be parsed. *Note Argp Parser Functions::.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_IN_ORDER’
|
||
|
||
Parse options and arguments in the same order they occur on the
|
||
command line. Normally they’re rearranged so that all options come
|
||
first.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_NO_HELP’
|
||
|
||
Don’t provide the standard long option ‘--help’, which ordinarily
|
||
causes usage and option help information to be output to ‘stdout’
|
||
and ‘exit (0)’.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_NO_EXIT’
|
||
|
||
Don’t exit on errors, although they may still result in error
|
||
messages.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_LONG_ONLY’
|
||
|
||
Use the GNU getopt ‘long-only’ rules for parsing arguments. This
|
||
allows long-options to be recognized with only a single ‘-’ (i.e.,
|
||
‘-help’). This results in a less useful interface, and its use is
|
||
discouraged as it conflicts with the way most GNU programs work as
|
||
well as the GNU coding standards.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_SILENT’
|
||
|
||
Turns off any message-printing/exiting options, specifically
|
||
‘ARGP_NO_EXIT’, ‘ARGP_NO_ERRS’, and ‘ARGP_NO_HELP’.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Help Filtering, Prev: Argp Children, Up: Argp Parsers
|
||
|
||
25.3.8 Customizing Argp Help Output
|
||
-----------------------------------
|
||
|
||
The ‘help_filter’ field in a ‘struct argp’ is a pointer to a function
|
||
that filters the text of help messages before displaying them. They
|
||
have a function signature like:
|
||
|
||
char *HELP-FILTER (int KEY, const char *TEXT, void *INPUT)
|
||
|
||
Where KEY is either a key from an option, in which case TEXT is that
|
||
option’s help text. *Note Argp Option Vectors::. Alternately, one of
|
||
the special keys with names beginning with ‘ARGP_KEY_HELP_’ might be
|
||
used, describing which other help text TEXT will contain. *Note Argp
|
||
Help Filter Keys::.
|
||
|
||
The function should return either TEXT if it remains as-is, or a
|
||
replacement string allocated using ‘malloc’. This will be either be
|
||
freed by argp or zero, which prints nothing. The value of TEXT is
|
||
supplied _after_ any translation has been done, so if any of the
|
||
replacement text needs translation, it will be done by the filter
|
||
function. INPUT is either the input supplied to ‘argp_parse’ or it is
|
||
zero, if ‘argp_help’ was called directly by the user.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Keys: Argp Help Filter Keys. Special KEY values for help filter functions.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Help Filter Keys, Up: Argp Help Filtering
|
||
|
||
25.3.8.1 Special Keys for Argp Help Filter Functions
|
||
....................................................
|
||
|
||
The following special values may be passed to an argp help filter
|
||
function as the first argument in addition to key values for user
|
||
options. They specify which help text the TEXT argument contains:
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC’
|
||
|
||
The help text preceding options.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC’
|
||
|
||
The help text following options.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER’
|
||
|
||
The option header string.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA’
|
||
|
||
This is used after all other documentation; TEXT is zero for this
|
||
key.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE’
|
||
|
||
The explanatory note printed when duplicate option arguments have
|
||
been suppressed.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC’
|
||
|
||
The argument doc string; formally the ‘args_doc’ field from the
|
||
argp parser. *Note Argp Parsers::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Help, Next: Argp Examples, Prev: Argp Flags, Up: Argp
|
||
|
||
25.3.9 The ‘argp_help’ Function
|
||
-------------------------------
|
||
|
||
Normally programs using argp need not be written with particular
|
||
printing argument-usage-type help messages in mind as the standard
|
||
‘--help’ option is handled automatically by argp. Typical error cases
|
||
can be handled using ‘argp_usage’ and ‘argp_error’. *Note Argp Helper
|
||
Functions::. However, if it’s desirable to print a help message in some
|
||
context other than parsing the program options, argp offers the
|
||
‘argp_help’ interface.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void argp_help (const struct argp *ARGP, FILE *STREAM,
|
||
unsigned FLAGS, char *NAME)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:argpbuf env locale | AS-Unsafe heap
|
||
i18n corrupt | AC-Unsafe mem corrupt lock | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This outputs a help message for the argp parser ARGP to STREAM.
|
||
The type of messages printed will be determined by FLAGS.
|
||
|
||
Any options such as ‘--help’ that are implemented automatically by
|
||
argp itself will _not_ be present in the help output; for this
|
||
reason it is best to use ‘argp_state_help’ if calling from within
|
||
an argp parser function. *Note Argp Helper Functions::.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Flags: Argp Help Flags. Specifying what sort of help message to print.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Help Flags, Up: Argp Help
|
||
|
||
25.3.10 Flags for the ‘argp_help’ Function
|
||
------------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
When calling ‘argp_help’ (*note Argp Help::) or ‘argp_state_help’ (*note
|
||
Argp Helper Functions::) the exact output is determined by the FLAGS
|
||
argument. This should consist of any of the following flags, or’d
|
||
together:
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_USAGE’
|
||
|
||
A unix ‘Usage:’ message that explicitly lists all options.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE’
|
||
|
||
A unix ‘Usage:’ message that displays an appropriate placeholder to
|
||
indicate where the options go; useful for showing the non-option
|
||
argument syntax.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_SEE’
|
||
|
||
A ‘Try ... for more help’ message; ‘...’ contains the program name
|
||
and ‘--help’.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_LONG’
|
||
|
||
A verbose option help message that gives each option available
|
||
along with its documentation string.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC’
|
||
|
||
The part of the argp parser doc string preceding the verbose option
|
||
help.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC’
|
||
|
||
The part of the argp parser doc string that following the verbose
|
||
option help.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_DOC’
|
||
|
||
‘(ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC | ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)’
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR’
|
||
|
||
A message that prints where to report bugs for this program, if the
|
||
‘argp_program_bug_address’ variable contains this information.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY’
|
||
|
||
This will modify any output to reflect the ‘ARGP_LONG_ONLY’ mode.
|
||
|
||
The following flags are only understood when used with
|
||
‘argp_state_help’. They control whether the function returns after
|
||
printing its output, or terminates the program:
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR’
|
||
|
||
This will terminate the program with ‘exit (argp_err_exit_status)’.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK’
|
||
|
||
This will terminate the program with ‘exit (0)’.
|
||
|
||
The following flags are combinations of the basic flags for printing
|
||
standard messages:
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR’
|
||
|
||
Assuming that an error message for a parsing error has printed,
|
||
this prints a message on how to get help, and terminates the
|
||
program with an error.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE’
|
||
|
||
This prints a standard usage message and terminates the program
|
||
with an error. This is used when no other specific error messages
|
||
are appropriate or available.
|
||
|
||
‘ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP’
|
||
|
||
This prints the standard response for a ‘--help’ option, and
|
||
terminates the program successfully.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Examples, Next: Argp User Customization, Prev: Argp Help, Up: Argp
|
||
|
||
25.3.11 Argp Examples
|
||
---------------------
|
||
|
||
These example programs demonstrate the basic usage of argp.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* 1: Argp Example 1. A minimal program using argp.
|
||
* 2: Argp Example 2. A program using only default options.
|
||
* 3: Argp Example 3. A simple program with user options.
|
||
* 4: Argp Example 4. Combining multiple argp parsers.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Example 1, Next: Argp Example 2, Up: Argp Examples
|
||
|
||
25.3.11.1 A Minimal Program Using Argp
|
||
......................................
|
||
|
||
This is perhaps the smallest program possible that uses argp. It won’t
|
||
do much except give an error message and exit when there are any
|
||
arguments, and prints a rather pointless message for ‘--help’.
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* This is (probably) the smallest possible program that
|
||
uses argp. It won’t do much except give an error
|
||
messages and exit when there are any arguments, and print
|
||
a (rather pointless) messages for –help. */
|
||
|
||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||
#include <argp.h>
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
main (int argc, char **argv)
|
||
{
|
||
argp_parse (0, argc, argv, 0, 0, 0);
|
||
exit (0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Example 2, Next: Argp Example 3, Prev: Argp Example 1, Up: Argp Examples
|
||
|
||
25.3.11.2 A Program Using Argp with Only Default Options
|
||
........................................................
|
||
|
||
This program doesn’t use any options or arguments, it uses argp to be
|
||
compliant with the GNU standard command line format.
|
||
|
||
In addition to giving no arguments and implementing a ‘--help’
|
||
option, this example has a ‘--version’ option, which will put the given
|
||
documentation string and bug address in the ‘--help’ output, as per GNU
|
||
standards.
|
||
|
||
The variable ‘argp’ contains the argument parser specification.
|
||
Adding fields to this structure is the way most parameters are passed to
|
||
‘argp_parse’. The first three fields are normally used, but they are
|
||
not in this small program. There are also two global variables that
|
||
argp can use defined here, ‘argp_program_version’ and
|
||
‘argp_program_bug_address’. They are considered global variables
|
||
because they will almost always be constant for a given program, even if
|
||
they use different argument parsers for various tasks.
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* This program doesn’t use any options or arguments, but uses
|
||
argp to be compliant with the GNU standard command line
|
||
format.
|
||
|
||
In addition to making sure no arguments are given, and
|
||
implementing a –help option, this example will have a
|
||
–version option, and will put the given documentation string
|
||
and bug address in the –help output, as per GNU standards.
|
||
|
||
The variable ARGP contains the argument parser specification;
|
||
adding fields to this structure is the way most parameters are
|
||
passed to argp_parse (the first three fields are usually used,
|
||
but not in this small program). There are also two global
|
||
variables that argp knows about defined here,
|
||
ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION and ARGP_PROGRAM_BUG_ADDRESS (they are
|
||
global variables because they will almost always be constant
|
||
for a given program, even if it uses different argument
|
||
parsers for various tasks). */
|
||
|
||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||
#include <argp.h>
|
||
|
||
const char *argp_program_version =
|
||
"argp-ex2 1.0";
|
||
const char *argp_program_bug_address =
|
||
"<bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>";
|
||
|
||
/* Program documentation. */
|
||
static char doc[] =
|
||
"Argp example #2 -- a pretty minimal program using argp";
|
||
|
||
/* Our argument parser. The ‘options’, ‘parser’, and
|
||
‘args_doc’ fields are zero because we have neither options or
|
||
arguments; ‘doc’ and ‘argp_program_bug_address’ will be
|
||
used in the output for ‘--help’, and the ‘--version’
|
||
option will print out ‘argp_program_version’. */
|
||
static struct argp argp = { 0, 0, 0, doc };
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
main (int argc, char **argv)
|
||
{
|
||
argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, 0, 0, 0);
|
||
exit (0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Example 3, Next: Argp Example 4, Prev: Argp Example 2, Up: Argp Examples
|
||
|
||
25.3.11.3 A Program Using Argp with User Options
|
||
................................................
|
||
|
||
This program uses the same features as example 2, adding user options
|
||
and arguments.
|
||
|
||
We now use the first four fields in ‘argp’ (*note Argp Parsers::) and
|
||
specify ‘parse_opt’ as the parser function. *Note Argp Parser
|
||
Functions::.
|
||
|
||
Note that in this example, ‘main’ uses a structure to communicate
|
||
with the ‘parse_opt’ function, a pointer to which it passes in the
|
||
‘input’ argument to ‘argp_parse’. *Note Argp::. It is retrieved by
|
||
‘parse_opt’ through the ‘input’ field in its ‘state’ argument. *Note
|
||
Argp Parsing State::. Of course, it’s also possible to use global
|
||
variables instead, but using a structure like this is somewhat more
|
||
flexible and clean.
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* This program uses the same features as example 2, and uses options and
|
||
arguments.
|
||
|
||
We now use the first four fields in ARGP, so here’s a description of them:
|
||
OPTIONS – A pointer to a vector of struct argp_option (see below)
|
||
PARSER – A function to parse a single option, called by argp
|
||
ARGS_DOC – A string describing how the non-option arguments should look
|
||
DOC – A descriptive string about this program; if it contains a
|
||
vertical tab character (\v), the part after it will be
|
||
printed *following* the options
|
||
|
||
The function PARSER takes the following arguments:
|
||
KEY – An integer specifying which option this is (taken
|
||
from the KEY field in each struct argp_option), or
|
||
a special key specifying something else; the only
|
||
special keys we use here are ARGP_KEY_ARG, meaning
|
||
a non-option argument, and ARGP_KEY_END, meaning
|
||
that all arguments have been parsed
|
||
ARG – For an option KEY, the string value of its
|
||
argument, or NULL if it has none
|
||
STATE– A pointer to a struct argp_state, containing
|
||
various useful information about the parsing state; used here
|
||
are the INPUT field, which reflects the INPUT argument to
|
||
argp_parse, and the ARG_NUM field, which is the number of the
|
||
current non-option argument being parsed
|
||
It should return either 0, meaning success, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN, meaning the
|
||
given KEY wasn’t recognized, or an errno value indicating some other
|
||
error.
|
||
|
||
Note that in this example, main uses a structure to communicate with the
|
||
parse_opt function, a pointer to which it passes in the INPUT argument to
|
||
argp_parse. Of course, it’s also possible to use global variables
|
||
instead, but this is somewhat more flexible.
|
||
|
||
The OPTIONS field contains a pointer to a vector of struct argp_option’s;
|
||
that structure has the following fields (if you assign your option
|
||
structures using array initialization like this example, unspecified
|
||
fields will be defaulted to 0, and need not be specified):
|
||
NAME – The name of this option’s long option (may be zero)
|
||
KEY – The KEY to pass to the PARSER function when parsing this option,
|
||
*and* the name of this option’s short option, if it is a
|
||
printable ascii character
|
||
ARG – The name of this option’s argument, if any
|
||
FLAGS – Flags describing this option; some of them are:
|
||
OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL – The argument to this option is optional
|
||
OPTION_ALIAS – This option is an alias for the
|
||
previous option
|
||
OPTION_HIDDEN – Don’t show this option in –help output
|
||
DOC – A documentation string for this option, shown in –help output
|
||
|
||
An options vector should be terminated by an option with all fields zero. */
|
||
|
||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||
#include <argp.h>
|
||
|
||
const char *argp_program_version =
|
||
"argp-ex3 1.0";
|
||
const char *argp_program_bug_address =
|
||
"<bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>";
|
||
|
||
/* Program documentation. */
|
||
static char doc[] =
|
||
"Argp example #3 -- a program with options and arguments using argp";
|
||
|
||
/* A description of the arguments we accept. */
|
||
static char args_doc[] = "ARG1 ARG2";
|
||
|
||
/* The options we understand. */
|
||
static struct argp_option options[] = {
|
||
{"verbose", 'v', 0, 0, "Produce verbose output" },
|
||
{"quiet", 'q', 0, 0, "Don't produce any output" },
|
||
{"silent", 's', 0, OPTION_ALIAS },
|
||
{"output", 'o', "FILE", 0,
|
||
"Output to FILE instead of standard output" },
|
||
{ 0 }
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Used by ‘main’ to communicate with ‘parse_opt’. */
|
||
struct arguments
|
||
{
|
||
char *args[2]; /* ARG1 & ARG2 */
|
||
int silent, verbose;
|
||
char *output_file;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a single option. */
|
||
static error_t
|
||
parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Get the INPUT argument from ‘argp_parse’, which we
|
||
know is a pointer to our arguments structure. */
|
||
struct arguments *arguments = state->input;
|
||
|
||
switch (key)
|
||
{
|
||
case 'q': case 's':
|
||
arguments->silent = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 'v':
|
||
arguments->verbose = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 'o':
|
||
arguments->output_file = arg;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case ARGP_KEY_ARG:
|
||
if (state->arg_num >= 2)
|
||
/* Too many arguments. */
|
||
argp_usage (state);
|
||
|
||
arguments->args[state->arg_num] = arg;
|
||
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case ARGP_KEY_END:
|
||
if (state->arg_num < 2)
|
||
/* Not enough arguments. */
|
||
argp_usage (state);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
|
||
}
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Our argp parser. */
|
||
static struct argp argp = { options, parse_opt, args_doc, doc };
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
main (int argc, char **argv)
|
||
{
|
||
struct arguments arguments;
|
||
|
||
/* Default values. */
|
||
arguments.silent = 0;
|
||
arguments.verbose = 0;
|
||
arguments.output_file = "-";
|
||
|
||
/* Parse our arguments; every option seen by ‘parse_opt’ will
|
||
be reflected in ‘arguments’. */
|
||
argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, 0, 0, &arguments);
|
||
|
||
printf ("ARG1 = %s\nARG2 = %s\nOUTPUT_FILE = %s\n"
|
||
"VERBOSE = %s\nSILENT = %s\n",
|
||
arguments.args[0], arguments.args[1],
|
||
arguments.output_file,
|
||
arguments.verbose ? "yes" : "no",
|
||
arguments.silent ? "yes" : "no");
|
||
|
||
exit (0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp Example 4, Prev: Argp Example 3, Up: Argp Examples
|
||
|
||
25.3.11.4 A Program Using Multiple Combined Argp Parsers
|
||
........................................................
|
||
|
||
This program uses the same features as example 3, but has more options,
|
||
and presents more structure in the ‘--help’ output. It also illustrates
|
||
how you can ‘steal’ the remainder of the input arguments past a certain
|
||
point for programs that accept a list of items. It also illustrates the
|
||
KEY value ‘ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS’, which is only given if no non-option
|
||
arguments were supplied to the program. *Note Argp Special Keys::.
|
||
|
||
For structuring help output, two features are used: _headers_ and a
|
||
two part option string. The _headers_ are entries in the options
|
||
vector. *Note Argp Option Vectors::. The first four fields are zero.
|
||
The two part documentation string are in the variable ‘doc’, which
|
||
allows documentation both before and after the options. *Note Argp
|
||
Parsers::, the two parts of ‘doc’ are separated by a vertical-tab
|
||
character (‘'\v'’, or ‘'\013'’). By convention, the documentation
|
||
before the options is a short string stating what the program does, and
|
||
after any options it is longer, describing the behavior in more detail.
|
||
All documentation strings are automatically filled for output, although
|
||
newlines may be included to force a line break at a particular point.
|
||
In addition, documentation strings are passed to the ‘gettext’ function,
|
||
for possible translation into the current locale.
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* This program uses the same features as example 3, but has more
|
||
options, and somewhat more structure in the -help output. It
|
||
also shows how you can ‘steal’ the remainder of the input
|
||
arguments past a certain point, for programs that accept a
|
||
list of items. It also shows the special argp KEY value
|
||
ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS, which is only given if no non-option
|
||
arguments were supplied to the program.
|
||
|
||
For structuring the help output, two features are used,
|
||
*headers* which are entries in the options vector with the
|
||
first four fields being zero, and a two part documentation
|
||
string (in the variable DOC), which allows documentation both
|
||
before and after the options; the two parts of DOC are
|
||
separated by a vertical-tab character (’\v’, or ’\013’). By
|
||
convention, the documentation before the options is just a
|
||
short string saying what the program does, and that afterwards
|
||
is longer, describing the behavior in more detail. All
|
||
documentation strings are automatically filled for output,
|
||
although newlines may be included to force a line break at a
|
||
particular point. All documentation strings are also passed to
|
||
the ‘gettext’ function, for possible translation into the
|
||
current locale. */
|
||
|
||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||
#include <error.h>
|
||
#include <argp.h>
|
||
|
||
const char *argp_program_version =
|
||
"argp-ex4 1.0";
|
||
const char *argp_program_bug_address =
|
||
"<bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu>";
|
||
|
||
/* Program documentation. */
|
||
static char doc[] =
|
||
"Argp example #4 -- a program with somewhat more complicated\
|
||
options\
|
||
\vThis part of the documentation comes *after* the options;\
|
||
note that the text is automatically filled, but it's possible\
|
||
to force a line-break, e.g.\n<-- here.";
|
||
|
||
/* A description of the arguments we accept. */
|
||
static char args_doc[] = "ARG1 [STRING...]";
|
||
|
||
/* Keys for options without short-options. */
|
||
#define OPT_ABORT 1 /* –abort */
|
||
|
||
/* The options we understand. */
|
||
static struct argp_option options[] = {
|
||
{"verbose", 'v', 0, 0, "Produce verbose output" },
|
||
{"quiet", 'q', 0, 0, "Don't produce any output" },
|
||
{"silent", 's', 0, OPTION_ALIAS },
|
||
{"output", 'o', "FILE", 0,
|
||
"Output to FILE instead of standard output" },
|
||
|
||
{0,0,0,0, "The following options should be grouped together:" },
|
||
{"repeat", 'r', "COUNT", OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL,
|
||
"Repeat the output COUNT (default 10) times"},
|
||
{"abort", OPT_ABORT, 0, 0, "Abort before showing any output"},
|
||
|
||
{ 0 }
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Used by ‘main’ to communicate with ‘parse_opt’. */
|
||
struct arguments
|
||
{
|
||
char *arg1; /* ARG1 */
|
||
char **strings; /* [STRING...] */
|
||
int silent, verbose, abort; /* ‘-s’, ‘-v’, ‘--abort’ */
|
||
char *output_file; /* FILE arg to ‘--output’ */
|
||
int repeat_count; /* COUNT arg to ‘--repeat’ */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a single option. */
|
||
static error_t
|
||
parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Get the ‘input’ argument from ‘argp_parse’, which we
|
||
know is a pointer to our arguments structure. */
|
||
struct arguments *arguments = state->input;
|
||
|
||
switch (key)
|
||
{
|
||
case 'q': case 's':
|
||
arguments->silent = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 'v':
|
||
arguments->verbose = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 'o':
|
||
arguments->output_file = arg;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 'r':
|
||
arguments->repeat_count = arg ? atoi (arg) : 10;
|
||
break;
|
||
case OPT_ABORT:
|
||
arguments->abort = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS:
|
||
argp_usage (state);
|
||
|
||
case ARGP_KEY_ARG:
|
||
/* Here we know that ‘state->arg_num == 0’, since we
|
||
force argument parsing to end before any more arguments can
|
||
get here. */
|
||
arguments->arg1 = arg;
|
||
|
||
/* Now we consume all the rest of the arguments.
|
||
‘state->next’ is the index in ‘state->argv’ of the
|
||
next argument to be parsed, which is the first STRING
|
||
we’re interested in, so we can just use
|
||
‘&state->argv[state->next]’ as the value for
|
||
arguments->strings.
|
||
|
||
_In addition_, by setting ‘state->next’ to the end
|
||
of the arguments, we can force argp to stop parsing here and
|
||
return. */
|
||
arguments->strings = &state->argv[state->next];
|
||
state->next = state->argc;
|
||
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
|
||
}
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Our argp parser. */
|
||
static struct argp argp = { options, parse_opt, args_doc, doc };
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
main (int argc, char **argv)
|
||
{
|
||
int i, j;
|
||
struct arguments arguments;
|
||
|
||
/* Default values. */
|
||
arguments.silent = 0;
|
||
arguments.verbose = 0;
|
||
arguments.output_file = "-";
|
||
arguments.repeat_count = 1;
|
||
arguments.abort = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Parse our arguments; every option seen by ‘parse_opt’ will be
|
||
reflected in ‘arguments’. */
|
||
argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, 0, 0, &arguments);
|
||
|
||
if (arguments.abort)
|
||
error (10, 0, "ABORTED");
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < arguments.repeat_count; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
printf ("ARG1 = %s\n", arguments.arg1);
|
||
printf ("STRINGS = ");
|
||
for (j = 0; arguments.strings[j]; j++)
|
||
printf (j == 0 ? "%s" : ", %s", arguments.strings[j]);
|
||
printf ("\n");
|
||
printf ("OUTPUT_FILE = %s\nVERBOSE = %s\nSILENT = %s\n",
|
||
arguments.output_file,
|
||
arguments.verbose ? "yes" : "no",
|
||
arguments.silent ? "yes" : "no");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
exit (0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Argp User Customization, Prev: Argp Examples, Up: Argp
|
||
|
||
25.3.12 Argp User Customization
|
||
-------------------------------
|
||
|
||
The formatting of argp ‘--help’ output may be controlled to some extent
|
||
by a program’s users, by setting the ‘ARGP_HELP_FMT’ environment
|
||
variable to a comma-separated list of tokens. Whitespace is ignored:
|
||
|
||
‘dup-args’
|
||
‘no-dup-args’
|
||
These turn “duplicate-argument-mode” on or off. In duplicate
|
||
argument mode, if an option that accepts an argument has multiple
|
||
names, the argument is shown for each name. Otherwise, it is only
|
||
shown for the first long option. A note is subsequently printed so
|
||
the user knows that it applies to other names as well. The default
|
||
is ‘no-dup-args’, which is less consistent, but prettier.
|
||
|
||
‘dup-args-note’
|
||
‘no-dup-args-note’
|
||
These will enable or disable the note informing the user of
|
||
suppressed option argument duplication. The default is
|
||
‘dup-args-note’.
|
||
|
||
‘short-opt-col=N’
|
||
This prints the first short option in column N. The default is 2.
|
||
|
||
‘long-opt-col=N’
|
||
This prints the first long option in column N. The default is 6.
|
||
|
||
‘doc-opt-col=N’
|
||
This prints ‘documentation options’ (*note Argp Option Flags::) in
|
||
column N. The default is 2.
|
||
|
||
‘opt-doc-col=N’
|
||
This prints the documentation for options starting in column N.
|
||
The default is 29.
|
||
|
||
‘header-col=N’
|
||
This will indent the group headers that document groups of options
|
||
to column N. The default is 1.
|
||
|
||
‘usage-indent=N’
|
||
This will indent continuation lines in ‘Usage:’ messages to column
|
||
N. The default is 12.
|
||
|
||
‘rmargin=N’
|
||
This will word wrap help output at or before column N. The default
|
||
is 79.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Suboptions::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Suboptions, Next: Suboptions Example, Prev: Argp, Up: Parsing Program Arguments
|
||
|
||
25.3.12.1 Parsing of Suboptions
|
||
...............................
|
||
|
||
Having a single level of options is sometimes not enough. There might
|
||
be too many options which have to be available or a set of options is
|
||
closely related.
|
||
|
||
For this case some programs use suboptions. One of the most
|
||
prominent programs is certainly ‘mount’(8). The ‘-o’ option take one
|
||
argument which itself is a comma separated list of options. To ease the
|
||
programming of code like this the function ‘getsubopt’ is available.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int getsubopt (char **OPTIONP, char *const *TOKENS, char
|
||
**VALUEP)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The OPTIONP parameter must be a pointer to a variable containing
|
||
the address of the string to process. When the function returns,
|
||
the reference is updated to point to the next suboption or to the
|
||
terminating ‘\0’ character if there are no more suboptions
|
||
available.
|
||
|
||
The TOKENS parameter references an array of strings containing the
|
||
known suboptions. All strings must be ‘\0’ terminated and to mark
|
||
the end a null pointer must be stored. When ‘getsubopt’ finds a
|
||
possible legal suboption it compares it with all strings available
|
||
in the TOKENS array and returns the index in the string as the
|
||
indicator.
|
||
|
||
In case the suboption has an associated value introduced by a ‘=’
|
||
character, a pointer to the value is returned in VALUEP. The
|
||
string is ‘\0’ terminated. If no argument is available VALUEP is
|
||
set to the null pointer. By doing this the caller can check
|
||
whether a necessary value is given or whether no unexpected value
|
||
is present.
|
||
|
||
In case the next suboption in the string is not mentioned in the
|
||
TOKENS array the starting address of the suboption including a
|
||
possible value is returned in VALUEP and the return value of the
|
||
function is ‘-1’.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Suboptions Example, Prev: Suboptions, Up: Parsing Program Arguments
|
||
|
||
25.3.13 Parsing of Suboptions Example
|
||
-------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
The code which might appear in the ‘mount’(8) program is a perfect
|
||
example of the use of ‘getsubopt’:
|
||
|
||
|
||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||
|
||
int do_all;
|
||
const char *type;
|
||
int read_size;
|
||
int write_size;
|
||
int read_only;
|
||
|
||
enum
|
||
{
|
||
RO_OPTION = 0,
|
||
RW_OPTION,
|
||
READ_SIZE_OPTION,
|
||
WRITE_SIZE_OPTION,
|
||
THE_END
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
const char *mount_opts[] =
|
||
{
|
||
[RO_OPTION] = "ro",
|
||
[RW_OPTION] = "rw",
|
||
[READ_SIZE_OPTION] = "rsize",
|
||
[WRITE_SIZE_OPTION] = "wsize",
|
||
[THE_END] = NULL
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
main (int argc, char **argv)
|
||
{
|
||
char *subopts, *value;
|
||
int opt;
|
||
|
||
while ((opt = getopt (argc, argv, "at:o:")) != -1)
|
||
switch (opt)
|
||
{
|
||
case 'a':
|
||
do_all = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 't':
|
||
type = optarg;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 'o':
|
||
subopts = optarg;
|
||
while (*subopts != '\0')
|
||
switch (getsubopt (&subopts, mount_opts, &value))
|
||
{
|
||
case RO_OPTION:
|
||
read_only = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
case RW_OPTION:
|
||
read_only = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
case READ_SIZE_OPTION:
|
||
if (value == NULL)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
read_size = atoi (value);
|
||
break;
|
||
case WRITE_SIZE_OPTION:
|
||
if (value == NULL)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
write_size = atoi (value);
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
/* Unknown suboption. */
|
||
printf ("Unknown suboption `%s'\n", value);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Do the real work. */
|
||
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Environment Variables, Next: Auxiliary Vector, Prev: Program Arguments, Up: Program Basics
|
||
|
||
25.4 Environment Variables
|
||
==========================
|
||
|
||
When a program is executed, it receives information about the context in
|
||
which it was invoked in two ways. The first mechanism uses the ARGV and
|
||
ARGC arguments to its ‘main’ function, and is discussed in *note Program
|
||
Arguments::. The second mechanism uses “environment variables” and is
|
||
discussed in this section.
|
||
|
||
The ARGV mechanism is typically used to pass command-line arguments
|
||
specific to the particular program being invoked. The environment, on
|
||
the other hand, keeps track of information that is shared by many
|
||
programs, changes infrequently, and that is less frequently used.
|
||
|
||
The environment variables discussed in this section are the same
|
||
environment variables that you set using assignments and the ‘export’
|
||
command in the shell. Programs executed from the shell inherit all of
|
||
the environment variables from the shell.
|
||
|
||
Standard environment variables are used for information about the
|
||
user’s home directory, terminal type, current locale, and so on; you can
|
||
define additional variables for other purposes. The set of all
|
||
environment variables that have values is collectively known as the
|
||
“environment”.
|
||
|
||
Names of environment variables are case-sensitive and must not
|
||
contain the character ‘=’. System-defined environment variables are
|
||
invariably uppercase.
|
||
|
||
The values of environment variables can be anything that can be
|
||
represented as a string. A value must not contain an embedded null
|
||
character, since this is assumed to terminate the string.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Environment Access:: How to get and set the values of
|
||
environment variables.
|
||
* Standard Environment:: These environment variables have
|
||
standard interpretations.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Environment Access, Next: Standard Environment, Up: Environment Variables
|
||
|
||
25.4.1 Environment Access
|
||
-------------------------
|
||
|
||
The value of an environment variable can be accessed with the ‘getenv’
|
||
function. This is declared in the header file ‘stdlib.h’.
|
||
|
||
Libraries should use ‘secure_getenv’ instead of ‘getenv’, so that
|
||
they do not accidentally use untrusted environment variables.
|
||
Modifications of environment variables are not allowed in multi-threaded
|
||
programs. The ‘getenv’ and ‘secure_getenv’ functions can be safely used
|
||
in multi-threaded programs.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: char * getenv (const char *NAME)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe env | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function returns a string that is the value of the environment
|
||
variable NAME. You must not modify this string. In some non-Unix
|
||
systems not using the GNU C Library, it might be overwritten by
|
||
subsequent calls to ‘getenv’ (but not by any other library
|
||
function). If the environment variable NAME is not defined, the
|
||
value is a null pointer.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: char * secure_getenv (const char *NAME)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe env | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function is similar to ‘getenv’, but it returns a null pointer
|
||
if the environment is untrusted. This happens when the program
|
||
file has SUID or SGID bits set. General-purpose libraries should
|
||
always prefer this function over ‘getenv’ to avoid vulnerabilities
|
||
if the library is referenced from a SUID/SGID program.
|
||
|
||
This function is a GNU extension.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int putenv (char *STRING)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe const:env | AS-Unsafe heap lock |
|
||
AC-Unsafe corrupt lock mem | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘putenv’ function adds or removes definitions from the
|
||
environment. If the STRING is of the form ‘NAME=VALUE’, the
|
||
definition is added to the environment. Otherwise, the STRING is
|
||
interpreted as the name of an environment variable, and any
|
||
definition for this variable in the environment is removed.
|
||
|
||
If the function is successful it returns ‘0’. Otherwise the return
|
||
value is nonzero and ‘errno’ is set to indicate the error.
|
||
|
||
The difference to the ‘setenv’ function is that the exact string
|
||
given as the parameter STRING is put into the environment. If the
|
||
user should change the string after the ‘putenv’ call this will
|
||
reflect automatically in the environment. This also requires that
|
||
STRING not be an automatic variable whose scope is left before the
|
||
variable is removed from the environment. The same applies of
|
||
course to dynamically allocated variables which are freed later.
|
||
|
||
This function is part of the extended Unix interface. You should
|
||
define _XOPEN_SOURCE before including any header.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int setenv (const char *NAME, const char *VALUE, int
|
||
REPLACE)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe const:env | AS-Unsafe heap lock |
|
||
AC-Unsafe corrupt lock mem | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘setenv’ function can be used to add a new definition to the
|
||
environment. The entry with the name NAME is replaced by the value
|
||
‘NAME=VALUE’. Please note that this is also true if VALUE is the
|
||
empty string. To do this a new string is created and the strings
|
||
NAME and VALUE are copied. A null pointer for the VALUE parameter
|
||
is illegal. If the environment already contains an entry with key
|
||
NAME the REPLACE parameter controls the action. If replace is
|
||
zero, nothing happens. Otherwise the old entry is replaced by the
|
||
new one.
|
||
|
||
Please note that you cannot remove an entry completely using this
|
||
function.
|
||
|
||
If the function is successful it returns ‘0’. Otherwise the
|
||
environment is unchanged and the return value is ‘-1’ and ‘errno’
|
||
is set.
|
||
|
||
This function was originally part of the BSD library but is now
|
||
part of the Unix standard.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int unsetenv (const char *NAME)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe const:env | AS-Unsafe lock | AC-Unsafe
|
||
lock | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
Using this function one can remove an entry completely from the
|
||
environment. If the environment contains an entry with the key
|
||
NAME this whole entry is removed. A call to this function is
|
||
equivalent to a call to ‘putenv’ when the VALUE part of the string
|
||
is empty.
|
||
|
||
The function returns ‘-1’ if NAME is a null pointer, points to an
|
||
empty string, or points to a string containing a ‘=’ character. It
|
||
returns ‘0’ if the call succeeded.
|
||
|
||
This function was originally part of the BSD library but is now
|
||
part of the Unix standard. The BSD version had no return value,
|
||
though.
|
||
|
||
There is one more function to modify the whole environment. This
|
||
function is said to be used in the POSIX.9 (POSIX bindings for Fortran
|
||
77) and so one should expect it did made it into POSIX.1. But this
|
||
never happened. But we still provide this function as a GNU extension
|
||
to enable writing standard compliant Fortran environments.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int clearenv (void)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe const:env | AS-Unsafe heap lock |
|
||
AC-Unsafe lock mem | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘clearenv’ function removes all entries from the environment.
|
||
Using ‘putenv’ and ‘setenv’ new entries can be added again later.
|
||
|
||
If the function is successful it returns ‘0’. Otherwise the return
|
||
value is nonzero.
|
||
|
||
You can deal directly with the underlying representation of
|
||
environment objects to add more variables to the environment (for
|
||
example, to communicate with another program you are about to execute;
|
||
*note Executing a File::).
|
||
|
||
-- Variable: char ** environ
|
||
|
||
The environment is represented as an array of strings. Each string
|
||
is of the format ‘NAME=VALUE’. The order in which strings appear
|
||
in the environment is not significant, but the same NAME must not
|
||
appear more than once. The last element of the array is a null
|
||
pointer.
|
||
|
||
This variable is declared in the header file ‘unistd.h’.
|
||
|
||
If you just want to get the value of an environment variable, use
|
||
‘getenv’.
|
||
|
||
Unix systems, and GNU systems, pass the initial value of ‘environ’ as
|
||
the third argument to ‘main’. *Note Program Arguments::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Standard Environment, Prev: Environment Access, Up: Environment Variables
|
||
|
||
25.4.2 Standard Environment Variables
|
||
-------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
These environment variables have standard meanings. This doesn’t mean
|
||
that they are always present in the environment; but if these variables
|
||
_are_ present, they have these meanings. You shouldn’t try to use these
|
||
environment variable names for some other purpose.
|
||
|
||
‘HOME’
|
||
|
||
This is a string representing the user’s “home directory”, or
|
||
initial default working directory.
|
||
|
||
The user can set ‘HOME’ to any value. If you need to make sure to
|
||
obtain the proper home directory for a particular user, you should
|
||
not use ‘HOME’; instead, look up the user’s name in the user
|
||
database (*note User Database::).
|
||
|
||
For most purposes, it is better to use ‘HOME’, precisely because
|
||
this lets the user specify the value.
|
||
|
||
‘LOGNAME’
|
||
|
||
This is the name that the user used to log in. Since the value in
|
||
the environment can be tweaked arbitrarily, this is not a reliable
|
||
way to identify the user who is running a program; a function like
|
||
‘getlogin’ (*note Who Logged In::) is better for that purpose.
|
||
|
||
For most purposes, it is better to use ‘LOGNAME’, precisely because
|
||
this lets the user specify the value.
|
||
|
||
‘PATH’
|
||
|
||
A “path” is a sequence of directory names which is used for
|
||
searching for a file. The variable ‘PATH’ holds a path used for
|
||
searching for programs to be run.
|
||
|
||
The ‘execlp’ and ‘execvp’ functions (*note Executing a File::) use
|
||
this environment variable, as do many shells and other utilities
|
||
which are implemented in terms of those functions.
|
||
|
||
The syntax of a path is a sequence of directory names separated by
|
||
colons. An empty string instead of a directory name stands for the
|
||
current directory (*note Working Directory::).
|
||
|
||
A typical value for this environment variable might be a string
|
||
like:
|
||
|
||
:/bin:/etc:/usr/bin:/usr/new/X11:/usr/new:/usr/local/bin
|
||
|
||
This means that if the user tries to execute a program named ‘foo’,
|
||
the system will look for files named ‘foo’, ‘/bin/foo’, ‘/etc/foo’,
|
||
and so on. The first of these files that exists is the one that is
|
||
executed.
|
||
|
||
‘TERM’
|
||
|
||
This specifies the kind of terminal that is receiving program
|
||
output. Some programs can make use of this information to take
|
||
advantage of special escape sequences or terminal modes supported
|
||
by particular kinds of terminals. Many programs which use the
|
||
termcap library (*note Find: (termcap)Finding a Terminal
|
||
Description.) use the ‘TERM’ environment variable, for example.
|
||
|
||
‘TZ’
|
||
|
||
This specifies the time zone. *Note TZ Variable::, for information
|
||
about the format of this string and how it is used.
|
||
|
||
‘LANG’
|
||
|
||
This specifies the default locale to use for attribute categories
|
||
where neither ‘LC_ALL’ nor the specific environment variable for
|
||
that category is set. *Note Locales::, for more information about
|
||
locales.
|
||
|
||
‘LC_ALL’
|
||
|
||
If this environment variable is set it overrides the selection for
|
||
all the locales done using the other ‘LC_*’ environment variables.
|
||
The value of the other ‘LC_*’ environment variables is simply
|
||
ignored in this case.
|
||
|
||
‘LC_COLLATE’
|
||
|
||
This specifies what locale to use for string sorting.
|
||
|
||
‘LC_CTYPE’
|
||
|
||
This specifies what locale to use for character sets and character
|
||
classification.
|
||
|
||
‘LC_MESSAGES’
|
||
|
||
This specifies what locale to use for printing messages and to
|
||
parse responses.
|
||
|
||
‘LC_MONETARY’
|
||
|
||
This specifies what locale to use for formatting monetary values.
|
||
|
||
‘LC_NUMERIC’
|
||
|
||
This specifies what locale to use for formatting numbers.
|
||
|
||
‘LC_TIME’
|
||
|
||
This specifies what locale to use for formatting date/time values.
|
||
|
||
‘NLSPATH’
|
||
|
||
This specifies the directories in which the ‘catopen’ function
|
||
looks for message translation catalogs.
|
||
|
||
‘_POSIX_OPTION_ORDER’
|
||
|
||
If this environment variable is defined, it suppresses the usual
|
||
reordering of command line arguments by ‘getopt’ and ‘argp_parse’.
|
||
*Note Argument Syntax::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Auxiliary Vector, Next: System Calls, Prev: Environment Variables, Up: Program Basics
|
||
|
||
25.5 Auxiliary Vector
|
||
=====================
|
||
|
||
When a program is executed, it receives information from the operating
|
||
system about the environment in which it is operating. The form of this
|
||
information is a table of key-value pairs, where the keys are from the
|
||
set of ‘AT_’ values in ‘elf.h’. Some of the data is provided by the
|
||
kernel for libc consumption, and may be obtained by ordinary interfaces,
|
||
such as ‘sysconf’. However, on a platform-by-platform basis there may
|
||
be information that is not available any other way.
|
||
|
||
25.5.1 Definition of ‘getauxval’
|
||
--------------------------------
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int getauxval (unsigned long int TYPE)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function is used to inquire about the entries in the auxiliary
|
||
vector. The TYPE argument should be one of the ‘AT_’ symbols
|
||
defined in ‘elf.h’. If a matching entry is found, the value is
|
||
returned; if the entry is not found, zero is returned and ‘errno’
|
||
is set to ‘ENOENT’.
|
||
|
||
For some platforms, the key ‘AT_HWCAP’ is the easiest way to inquire
|
||
about any instruction set extensions available at runtime. In this
|
||
case, there will (of necessity) be a platform-specific set of ‘HWCAP_’
|
||
values masked together that describe the capabilities of the cpu on
|
||
which the program is being executed.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: System Calls, Next: Program Termination, Prev: Auxiliary Vector, Up: Program Basics
|
||
|
||
25.6 System Calls
|
||
=================
|
||
|
||
A system call is a request for service that a program makes of the
|
||
kernel. The service is generally something that only the kernel has the
|
||
privilege to do, such as doing I/O. Programmers don’t normally need to
|
||
be concerned with system calls because there are functions in the GNU C
|
||
Library to do virtually everything that system calls do. These
|
||
functions work by making system calls themselves. For example, there is
|
||
a system call that changes the permissions of a file, but you don’t need
|
||
to know about it because you can just use the GNU C Library’s ‘chmod’
|
||
function.
|
||
|
||
System calls are sometimes called kernel calls.
|
||
|
||
However, there are times when you want to make a system call
|
||
explicitly, and for that, the GNU C Library provides the ‘syscall’
|
||
function. ‘syscall’ is harder to use and less portable than functions
|
||
like ‘chmod’, but easier and more portable than coding the system call
|
||
in assembler instructions.
|
||
|
||
‘syscall’ is most useful when you are working with a system call
|
||
which is special to your system or is newer than the GNU C Library you
|
||
are using. ‘syscall’ is implemented in an entirely generic way; the
|
||
function does not know anything about what a particular system call does
|
||
or even if it is valid.
|
||
|
||
The description of ‘syscall’ in this section assumes a certain
|
||
protocol for system calls on the various platforms on which the GNU C
|
||
Library runs. That protocol is not defined by any strong authority, but
|
||
we won’t describe it here either because anyone who is coding ‘syscall’
|
||
probably won’t accept anything less than kernel and C library source
|
||
code as a specification of the interface between them anyway.
|
||
|
||
‘syscall’ is declared in ‘unistd.h’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: long int syscall (long int SYSNO, ...)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
‘syscall’ performs a generic system call.
|
||
|
||
SYSNO is the system call number. Each kind of system call is
|
||
identified by a number. Macros for all the possible system call
|
||
numbers are defined in ‘sys/syscall.h’
|
||
|
||
The remaining arguments are the arguments for the system call, in
|
||
order, and their meanings depend on the kind of system call. Each
|
||
kind of system call has a definite number of arguments, from zero
|
||
to five. If you code more arguments than the system call takes,
|
||
the extra ones to the right are ignored.
|
||
|
||
The return value is the return value from the system call, unless
|
||
the system call failed. In that case, ‘syscall’ returns ‘-1’ and
|
||
sets ‘errno’ to an error code that the system call returned. Note
|
||
that system calls do not return ‘-1’ when they succeed.
|
||
|
||
If you specify an invalid SYSNO, ‘syscall’ returns ‘-1’ with
|
||
‘errno’ = ‘ENOSYS’.
|
||
|
||
Example:
|
||
|
||
|
||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||
#include <sys/syscall.h>
|
||
#include <errno.h>
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
|
||
int rc;
|
||
|
||
rc = syscall(SYS_chmod, "/etc/passwd", 0444);
|
||
|
||
if (rc == -1)
|
||
fprintf(stderr, "chmod failed, errno = %d\n", errno);
|
||
|
||
|
||
This, if all the compatibility stars are aligned, is equivalent to
|
||
the following preferable code:
|
||
|
||
|
||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||
#include <errno.h>
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
|
||
int rc;
|
||
|
||
rc = chmod("/etc/passwd", 0444);
|
||
if (rc == -1)
|
||
fprintf(stderr, "chmod failed, errno = %d\n", errno);
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Program Termination, Prev: System Calls, Up: Program Basics
|
||
|
||
25.7 Program Termination
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
The usual way for a program to terminate is simply for its ‘main’
|
||
function to return. The “exit status value” returned from the ‘main’
|
||
function is used to report information back to the process’s parent
|
||
process or shell.
|
||
|
||
A program can also terminate normally by calling the ‘exit’ function.
|
||
|
||
In addition, programs can be terminated by signals; this is discussed
|
||
in more detail in *note Signal Handling::. The ‘abort’ function causes
|
||
a signal that kills the program.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Normal Termination:: If a program calls ‘exit’, a
|
||
process terminates normally.
|
||
* Exit Status:: The ‘exit status’ provides information
|
||
about why the process terminated.
|
||
* Cleanups on Exit:: A process can run its own cleanup
|
||
functions upon normal termination.
|
||
* Aborting a Program:: The ‘abort’ function causes
|
||
abnormal program termination.
|
||
* Termination Internals:: What happens when a process terminates.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Normal Termination, Next: Exit Status, Up: Program Termination
|
||
|
||
25.7.1 Normal Termination
|
||
-------------------------
|
||
|
||
A process terminates normally when its program signals it is done by
|
||
calling ‘exit’. Returning from ‘main’ is equivalent to calling ‘exit’,
|
||
and the value that ‘main’ returns is used as the argument to ‘exit’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void exit (int STATUS)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:exit | AS-Unsafe corrupt | AC-Unsafe
|
||
corrupt lock | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘exit’ function tells the system that the program is done,
|
||
which causes it to terminate the process.
|
||
|
||
STATUS is the program’s exit status, which becomes part of the
|
||
process’ termination status. This function does not return.
|
||
|
||
Normal termination causes the following actions:
|
||
|
||
1. Functions that were registered with the ‘atexit’ or ‘on_exit’
|
||
functions are called in the reverse order of their registration.
|
||
This mechanism allows your application to specify its own “cleanup”
|
||
actions to be performed at program termination. Typically, this is
|
||
used to do things like saving program state information in a file,
|
||
or unlocking locks in shared data bases.
|
||
|
||
2. All open streams are closed, writing out any buffered output data.
|
||
See *note Closing Streams::. In addition, temporary files opened
|
||
with the ‘tmpfile’ function are removed; see *note Temporary
|
||
Files::.
|
||
|
||
3. ‘_exit’ is called, terminating the program. *Note Termination
|
||
Internals::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Exit Status, Next: Cleanups on Exit, Prev: Normal Termination, Up: Program Termination
|
||
|
||
25.7.2 Exit Status
|
||
------------------
|
||
|
||
When a program exits, it can return to the parent process a small amount
|
||
of information about the cause of termination, using the “exit status”.
|
||
This is a value between 0 and 255 that the exiting process passes as an
|
||
argument to ‘exit’.
|
||
|
||
Normally you should use the exit status to report very broad
|
||
information about success or failure. You can’t provide a lot of detail
|
||
about the reasons for the failure, and most parent processes would not
|
||
want much detail anyway.
|
||
|
||
There are conventions for what sorts of status values certain
|
||
programs should return. The most common convention is simply 0 for
|
||
success and 1 for failure. Programs that perform comparison use a
|
||
different convention: they use status 1 to indicate a mismatch, and
|
||
status 2 to indicate an inability to compare. Your program should
|
||
follow an existing convention if an existing convention makes sense for
|
||
it.
|
||
|
||
A general convention reserves status values 128 and up for special
|
||
purposes. In particular, the value 128 is used to indicate failure to
|
||
execute another program in a subprocess. This convention is not
|
||
universally obeyed, but it is a good idea to follow it in your programs.
|
||
|
||
*Warning:* Don’t try to use the number of errors as the exit status.
|
||
This is actually not very useful; a parent process would generally not
|
||
care how many errors occurred. Worse than that, it does not work,
|
||
because the status value is truncated to eight bits. Thus, if the
|
||
program tried to report 256 errors, the parent would receive a report of
|
||
0 errors—that is, success.
|
||
|
||
For the same reason, it does not work to use the value of ‘errno’ as
|
||
the exit status—these can exceed 255.
|
||
|
||
*Portability note:* Some non-POSIX systems use different conventions
|
||
for exit status values. For greater portability, you can use the macros
|
||
‘EXIT_SUCCESS’ and ‘EXIT_FAILURE’ for the conventional status value for
|
||
success and failure, respectively. They are declared in the file
|
||
‘stdlib.h’.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int EXIT_SUCCESS
|
||
|
||
This macro can be used with the ‘exit’ function to indicate
|
||
successful program completion.
|
||
|
||
On POSIX systems, the value of this macro is ‘0’. On other
|
||
systems, the value might be some other (possibly non-constant)
|
||
integer expression.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int EXIT_FAILURE
|
||
|
||
This macro can be used with the ‘exit’ function to indicate
|
||
unsuccessful program completion in a general sense.
|
||
|
||
On POSIX systems, the value of this macro is ‘1’. On other
|
||
systems, the value might be some other (possibly non-constant)
|
||
integer expression. Other nonzero status values also indicate
|
||
failures. Certain programs use different nonzero status values to
|
||
indicate particular kinds of "non-success". For example, ‘diff’
|
||
uses status value ‘1’ to mean that the files are different, and ‘2’
|
||
or more to mean that there was difficulty in opening the files.
|
||
|
||
Don’t confuse a program’s exit status with a process’ termination
|
||
status. There are lots of ways a process can terminate besides having
|
||
its program finish. In the event that the process termination _is_
|
||
caused by program termination (i.e., ‘exit’), though, the program’s exit
|
||
status becomes part of the process’ termination status.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Cleanups on Exit, Next: Aborting a Program, Prev: Exit Status, Up: Program Termination
|
||
|
||
25.7.3 Cleanups on Exit
|
||
-----------------------
|
||
|
||
Your program can arrange to run its own cleanup functions if normal
|
||
termination happens. If you are writing a library for use in various
|
||
application programs, then it is unreliable to insist that all
|
||
applications call the library’s cleanup functions explicitly before
|
||
exiting. It is much more robust to make the cleanup invisible to the
|
||
application, by setting up a cleanup function in the library itself
|
||
using ‘atexit’ or ‘on_exit’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int atexit (void (*FUNCTION) (void))
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe heap lock | AC-Unsafe lock mem |
|
||
*Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘atexit’ function registers the function FUNCTION to be called
|
||
at normal program termination. The FUNCTION is called with no
|
||
arguments.
|
||
|
||
The return value from ‘atexit’ is zero on success and nonzero if
|
||
the function cannot be registered.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int on_exit (void (*FUNCTION)(int STATUS, void *ARG), void
|
||
*ARG)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe heap lock | AC-Unsafe lock mem |
|
||
*Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function is a somewhat more powerful variant of ‘atexit’. It
|
||
accepts two arguments, a function FUNCTION and an arbitrary pointer
|
||
ARG. At normal program termination, the FUNCTION is called with
|
||
two arguments: the STATUS value passed to ‘exit’, and the ARG.
|
||
|
||
This function is included in the GNU C Library only for
|
||
compatibility for SunOS, and may not be supported by other
|
||
implementations.
|
||
|
||
Here’s a trivial program that illustrates the use of ‘exit’ and
|
||
‘atexit’:
|
||
|
||
|
||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
bye (void)
|
||
{
|
||
puts ("Goodbye, cruel world....");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
main (void)
|
||
{
|
||
atexit (bye);
|
||
exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
When this program is executed, it just prints the message and exits.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Aborting a Program, Next: Termination Internals, Prev: Cleanups on Exit, Up: Program Termination
|
||
|
||
25.7.4 Aborting a Program
|
||
-------------------------
|
||
|
||
You can abort your program using the ‘abort’ function. The prototype
|
||
for this function is in ‘stdlib.h’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void abort (void)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe corrupt | AC-Unsafe lock corrupt
|
||
| *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘abort’ function causes abnormal program termination. This
|
||
does not execute cleanup functions registered with ‘atexit’ or
|
||
‘on_exit’.
|
||
|
||
This function actually terminates the process by raising a
|
||
‘SIGABRT’ signal, and your program can include a handler to
|
||
intercept this signal; see *note Signal Handling::.
|
||
|
||
*Future Change Warning:* Proposed Federal censorship regulations may
|
||
prohibit us from giving you information about the possibility of calling
|
||
this function. We would be required to say that this is not an
|
||
acceptable way of terminating a program.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Termination Internals, Prev: Aborting a Program, Up: Program Termination
|
||
|
||
25.7.5 Termination Internals
|
||
----------------------------
|
||
|
||
The ‘_exit’ function is the primitive used for process termination by
|
||
‘exit’. It is declared in the header file ‘unistd.h’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void _exit (int STATUS)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘_exit’ function is the primitive for causing a process to
|
||
terminate with status STATUS. Calling this function does not
|
||
execute cleanup functions registered with ‘atexit’ or ‘on_exit’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void _Exit (int STATUS)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘_Exit’ function is the ISO C equivalent to ‘_exit’. The ISO C
|
||
committee members were not sure whether the definitions of ‘_exit’
|
||
and ‘_Exit’ were compatible so they have not used the POSIX name.
|
||
|
||
This function was introduced in ISO C99 and is declared in
|
||
‘stdlib.h’.
|
||
|
||
When a process terminates for any reason—either because the program
|
||
terminates, or as a result of a signal—the following things happen:
|
||
|
||
• All open file descriptors in the process are closed. *Note
|
||
Low-Level I/O::. Note that streams are not flushed automatically
|
||
when the process terminates; see *note I/O on Streams::.
|
||
|
||
• A process exit status is saved to be reported back to the parent
|
||
process via ‘wait’ or ‘waitpid’; see *note Process Completion::.
|
||
If the program exited, this status includes as its low-order 8 bits
|
||
the program exit status.
|
||
|
||
• Any child processes of the process being terminated are assigned a
|
||
new parent process. (On most systems, including GNU, this is the
|
||
‘init’ process, with process ID 1.)
|
||
|
||
• A ‘SIGCHLD’ signal is sent to the parent process.
|
||
|
||
• If the process is a session leader that has a controlling terminal,
|
||
then a ‘SIGHUP’ signal is sent to each process in the foreground
|
||
job, and the controlling terminal is disassociated from that
|
||
session. *Note Job Control::.
|
||
|
||
• If termination of a process causes a process group to become
|
||
orphaned, and any member of that process group is stopped, then a
|
||
‘SIGHUP’ signal and a ‘SIGCONT’ signal are sent to each process in
|
||
the group. *Note Job Control::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Processes, Next: Inter-Process Communication, Prev: Program Basics, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
26 Processes
|
||
************
|
||
|
||
“Processes” are the primitive units for allocation of system resources.
|
||
Each process has its own address space and (usually) one thread of
|
||
control. A process executes a program; you can have multiple processes
|
||
executing the same program, but each process has its own copy of the
|
||
program within its own address space and executes it independently of
|
||
the other copies.
|
||
|
||
Processes are organized hierarchically. Each process has a “parent
|
||
process” which explicitly arranged to create it. The processes created
|
||
by a given parent are called its “child processes”. A child inherits
|
||
many of its attributes from the parent process.
|
||
|
||
This chapter describes how a program can create, terminate, and
|
||
control child processes. Actually, there are three distinct operations
|
||
involved: creating a new child process, causing the new process to
|
||
execute a program, and coordinating the completion of the child process
|
||
with the original program.
|
||
|
||
The ‘system’ function provides a simple, portable mechanism for
|
||
running another program; it does all three steps automatically. If you
|
||
need more control over the details of how this is done, you can use the
|
||
primitive functions to do each step individually instead.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Running a Command:: The easy way to run another program.
|
||
* Process Creation Concepts:: An overview of the hard way to do it.
|
||
* Process Identification:: How to get the process ID of a process.
|
||
* Creating a Process:: How to fork a child process.
|
||
* Executing a File:: How to make a process execute another program.
|
||
* Process Completion:: How to tell when a child process has completed.
|
||
* Process Completion Status:: How to interpret the status value
|
||
returned from a child process.
|
||
* BSD Wait Functions:: More functions, for backward compatibility.
|
||
* Process Creation Example:: A complete example program.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Running a Command, Next: Process Creation Concepts, Up: Processes
|
||
|
||
26.1 Running a Command
|
||
======================
|
||
|
||
The easy way to run another program is to use the ‘system’ function.
|
||
This function does all the work of running a subprogram, but it doesn’t
|
||
give you much control over the details: you have to wait until the
|
||
subprogram terminates before you can do anything else.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int system (const char *COMMAND)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe
|
||
lock mem | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function executes COMMAND as a shell command. In the GNU C
|
||
Library, it always uses the default shell ‘sh’ to run the command.
|
||
In particular, it searches the directories in ‘PATH’ to find
|
||
programs to execute. The return value is ‘-1’ if it wasn’t
|
||
possible to create the shell process, and otherwise is the status
|
||
of the shell process. *Note Process Completion::, for details on
|
||
how this status code can be interpreted.
|
||
|
||
If the COMMAND argument is a null pointer, a return value of zero
|
||
indicates that no command processor is available.
|
||
|
||
This function is a cancellation point in multi-threaded programs.
|
||
This is a problem if the thread allocates some resources (like
|
||
memory, file descriptors, semaphores or whatever) at the time
|
||
‘system’ is called. If the thread gets canceled these resources
|
||
stay allocated until the program ends. To avoid this calls to
|
||
‘system’ should be protected using cancellation handlers.
|
||
|
||
The ‘system’ function is declared in the header file ‘stdlib.h’.
|
||
|
||
*Portability Note:* Some C implementations may not have any notion of
|
||
a command processor that can execute other programs. You can determine
|
||
whether a command processor exists by executing ‘system (NULL)’; if the
|
||
return value is nonzero, a command processor is available.
|
||
|
||
The ‘popen’ and ‘pclose’ functions (*note Pipe to a Subprocess::) are
|
||
closely related to the ‘system’ function. They allow the parent process
|
||
to communicate with the standard input and output channels of the
|
||
command being executed.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Process Creation Concepts, Next: Process Identification, Prev: Running a Command, Up: Processes
|
||
|
||
26.2 Process Creation Concepts
|
||
==============================
|
||
|
||
This section gives an overview of processes and of the steps involved in
|
||
creating a process and making it run another program.
|
||
|
||
Each process is named by a “process ID” number. A unique process ID
|
||
is allocated to each process when it is created. The “lifetime” of a
|
||
process ends when its termination is reported to its parent process; at
|
||
that time, all of the process resources, including its process ID, are
|
||
freed.
|
||
|
||
Processes are created with the ‘fork’ system call (so the operation
|
||
of creating a new process is sometimes called “forking” a process). The
|
||
“child process” created by ‘fork’ is a copy of the original “parent
|
||
process”, except that it has its own process ID.
|
||
|
||
After forking a child process, both the parent and child processes
|
||
continue to execute normally. If you want your program to wait for a
|
||
child process to finish executing before continuing, you must do this
|
||
explicitly after the fork operation, by calling ‘wait’ or ‘waitpid’
|
||
(*note Process Completion::). These functions give you limited
|
||
information about why the child terminated—for example, its exit status
|
||
code.
|
||
|
||
A newly forked child process continues to execute the same program as
|
||
its parent process, at the point where the ‘fork’ call returns. You can
|
||
use the return value from ‘fork’ to tell whether the program is running
|
||
in the parent process or the child.
|
||
|
||
Having several processes run the same program is only occasionally
|
||
useful. But the child can execute another program using one of the
|
||
‘exec’ functions; see *note Executing a File::. The program that the
|
||
process is executing is called its “process image”. Starting execution
|
||
of a new program causes the process to forget all about its previous
|
||
process image; when the new program exits, the process exits too,
|
||
instead of returning to the previous process image.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Process Identification, Next: Creating a Process, Prev: Process Creation Concepts, Up: Processes
|
||
|
||
26.3 Process Identification
|
||
===========================
|
||
|
||
The ‘pid_t’ data type represents process IDs. You can get the process
|
||
ID of a process by calling ‘getpid’. The function ‘getppid’ returns the
|
||
process ID of the parent of the current process (this is also known as
|
||
the “parent process ID”). Your program should include the header files
|
||
‘unistd.h’ and ‘sys/types.h’ to use these functions.
|
||
|
||
-- Data Type: pid_t
|
||
|
||
The ‘pid_t’ data type is a signed integer type which is capable of
|
||
representing a process ID. In the GNU C Library, this is an ‘int’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: pid_t getpid (void)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘getpid’ function returns the process ID of the current
|
||
process.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: pid_t getppid (void)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘getppid’ function returns the process ID of the parent of the
|
||
current process.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Creating a Process, Next: Executing a File, Prev: Process Identification, Up: Processes
|
||
|
||
26.4 Creating a Process
|
||
=======================
|
||
|
||
The ‘fork’ function is the primitive for creating a process. It is
|
||
declared in the header file ‘unistd.h’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: pid_t fork (void)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe plugin | AC-Unsafe lock | *Note
|
||
POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘fork’ function creates a new process.
|
||
|
||
If the operation is successful, there are then both parent and
|
||
child processes and both see ‘fork’ return, but with different
|
||
values: it returns a value of ‘0’ in the child process and returns
|
||
the child’s process ID in the parent process.
|
||
|
||
If process creation failed, ‘fork’ returns a value of ‘-1’ in the
|
||
parent process. The following ‘errno’ error conditions are defined
|
||
for ‘fork’:
|
||
|
||
‘EAGAIN’
|
||
There aren’t enough system resources to create another
|
||
process, or the user already has too many processes running.
|
||
This means exceeding the ‘RLIMIT_NPROC’ resource limit, which
|
||
can usually be increased; *note Limits on Resources::.
|
||
|
||
‘ENOMEM’
|
||
The process requires more space than the system can supply.
|
||
|
||
The specific attributes of the child process that differ from the
|
||
parent process are:
|
||
|
||
• The child process has its own unique process ID.
|
||
|
||
• The parent process ID of the child process is the process ID of its
|
||
parent process.
|
||
|
||
• The child process gets its own copies of the parent process’s open
|
||
file descriptors. Subsequently changing attributes of the file
|
||
descriptors in the parent process won’t affect the file descriptors
|
||
in the child, and vice versa. *Note Control Operations::.
|
||
However, the file position associated with each descriptor is
|
||
shared by both processes; *note File Position::.
|
||
|
||
• The elapsed processor times for the child process are set to zero;
|
||
see *note Processor Time::.
|
||
|
||
• The child doesn’t inherit file locks set by the parent process.
|
||
*Note Control Operations::.
|
||
|
||
• The child doesn’t inherit alarms set by the parent process. *Note
|
||
Setting an Alarm::.
|
||
|
||
• The set of pending signals (*note Delivery of Signal::) for the
|
||
child process is cleared. (The child process inherits its mask of
|
||
blocked signals and signal actions from the parent process.)
|
||
|
||
-- Function: pid_t vfork (void)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe plugin | AC-Unsafe lock | *Note
|
||
POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘vfork’ function is similar to ‘fork’ but on some systems it is
|
||
more efficient; however, there are restrictions you must follow to
|
||
use it safely.
|
||
|
||
While ‘fork’ makes a complete copy of the calling process’s address
|
||
space and allows both the parent and child to execute
|
||
independently, ‘vfork’ does not make this copy. Instead, the child
|
||
process created with ‘vfork’ shares its parent’s address space
|
||
until it calls ‘_exit’ or one of the ‘exec’ functions. In the
|
||
meantime, the parent process suspends execution.
|
||
|
||
You must be very careful not to allow the child process created
|
||
with ‘vfork’ to modify any global data or even local variables
|
||
shared with the parent. Furthermore, the child process cannot
|
||
return from (or do a long jump out of) the function that called
|
||
‘vfork’! This would leave the parent process’s control information
|
||
very confused. If in doubt, use ‘fork’ instead.
|
||
|
||
Some operating systems don’t really implement ‘vfork’. The GNU C
|
||
Library permits you to use ‘vfork’ on all systems, but actually
|
||
executes ‘fork’ if ‘vfork’ isn’t available. If you follow the
|
||
proper precautions for using ‘vfork’, your program will still work
|
||
even if the system uses ‘fork’ instead.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Executing a File, Next: Process Completion, Prev: Creating a Process, Up: Processes
|
||
|
||
26.5 Executing a File
|
||
=====================
|
||
|
||
This section describes the ‘exec’ family of functions, for executing a
|
||
file as a process image. You can use these functions to make a child
|
||
process execute a new program after it has been forked.
|
||
|
||
To see the effects of ‘exec’ from the point of view of the called
|
||
program, see *note Program Basics::.
|
||
|
||
The functions in this family differ in how you specify the arguments,
|
||
but otherwise they all do the same thing. They are declared in the
|
||
header file ‘unistd.h’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int execv (const char *FILENAME, char *const ARGV[])
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘execv’ function executes the file named by FILENAME as a new
|
||
process image.
|
||
|
||
The ARGV argument is an array of null-terminated strings that is
|
||
used to provide a value for the ‘argv’ argument to the ‘main’
|
||
function of the program to be executed. The last element of this
|
||
array must be a null pointer. By convention, the first element of
|
||
this array is the file name of the program sans directory names.
|
||
*Note Program Arguments::, for full details on how programs can
|
||
access these arguments.
|
||
|
||
The environment for the new process image is taken from the
|
||
‘environ’ variable of the current process image; see *note
|
||
Environment Variables::, for information about environments.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int execl (const char *FILENAME, const char *ARG0, ...)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe heap | AC-Unsafe mem | *Note
|
||
POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This is similar to ‘execv’, but the ARGV strings are specified
|
||
individually instead of as an array. A null pointer must be passed
|
||
as the last such argument.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int execve (const char *FILENAME, char *const ARGV[], char
|
||
*const ENV[])
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This is similar to ‘execv’, but permits you to specify the
|
||
environment for the new program explicitly as the ENV argument.
|
||
This should be an array of strings in the same format as for the
|
||
‘environ’ variable; see *note Environment Access::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int execle (const char *FILENAME, const char *ARG0, ...,
|
||
char *const ENV[])
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe heap | AC-Unsafe mem | *Note
|
||
POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This is similar to ‘execl’, but permits you to specify the
|
||
environment for the new program explicitly. The environment
|
||
argument is passed following the null pointer that marks the last
|
||
ARGV argument, and should be an array of strings in the same format
|
||
as for the ‘environ’ variable.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int execvp (const char *FILENAME, char *const ARGV[])
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe env | AS-Unsafe heap | AC-Unsafe mem | *Note
|
||
POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘execvp’ function is similar to ‘execv’, except that it
|
||
searches the directories listed in the ‘PATH’ environment variable
|
||
(*note Standard Environment::) to find the full file name of a file
|
||
from FILENAME if FILENAME does not contain a slash.
|
||
|
||
This function is useful for executing system utility programs,
|
||
because it looks for them in the places that the user has chosen.
|
||
Shells use it to run the commands that users type.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int execlp (const char *FILENAME, const char *ARG0, ...)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe env | AS-Unsafe heap | AC-Unsafe mem | *Note
|
||
POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This function is like ‘execl’, except that it performs the same
|
||
file name searching as the ‘execvp’ function.
|
||
|
||
The size of the argument list and environment list taken together
|
||
must not be greater than ‘ARG_MAX’ bytes. *Note General Limits::. On
|
||
GNU/Hurd systems, the size (which compares against ‘ARG_MAX’) includes,
|
||
for each string, the number of characters in the string, plus the size
|
||
of a ‘char *’, plus one, rounded up to a multiple of the size of a ‘char
|
||
*’. Other systems may have somewhat different rules for counting.
|
||
|
||
These functions normally don’t return, since execution of a new
|
||
program causes the currently executing program to go away completely. A
|
||
value of ‘-1’ is returned in the event of a failure. In addition to the
|
||
usual file name errors (*note File Name Errors::), the following ‘errno’
|
||
error conditions are defined for these functions:
|
||
|
||
‘E2BIG’
|
||
The combined size of the new program’s argument list and
|
||
environment list is larger than ‘ARG_MAX’ bytes. GNU/Hurd systems
|
||
have no specific limit on the argument list size, so this error
|
||
code cannot result, but you may get ‘ENOMEM’ instead if the
|
||
arguments are too big for available memory.
|
||
|
||
‘ENOEXEC’
|
||
The specified file can’t be executed because it isn’t in the right
|
||
format.
|
||
|
||
‘ENOMEM’
|
||
Executing the specified file requires more storage than is
|
||
available.
|
||
|
||
If execution of the new file succeeds, it updates the access time
|
||
field of the file as if the file had been read. *Note File Times::, for
|
||
more details about access times of files.
|
||
|
||
The point at which the file is closed again is not specified, but is
|
||
at some point before the process exits or before another process image
|
||
is executed.
|
||
|
||
Executing a new process image completely changes the contents of
|
||
memory, copying only the argument and environment strings to new
|
||
locations. But many other attributes of the process are unchanged:
|
||
|
||
• The process ID and the parent process ID. *Note Process Creation
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
• Session and process group membership. *Note Concepts of Job
|
||
Control::.
|
||
|
||
• Real user ID and group ID, and supplementary group IDs. *Note
|
||
Process Persona::.
|
||
|
||
• Pending alarms. *Note Setting an Alarm::.
|
||
|
||
• Current working directory and root directory. *Note Working
|
||
Directory::. On GNU/Hurd systems, the root directory is not copied
|
||
when executing a setuid program; instead the system default root
|
||
directory is used for the new program.
|
||
|
||
• File mode creation mask. *Note Setting Permissions::.
|
||
|
||
• Process signal mask; see *note Process Signal Mask::.
|
||
|
||
• Pending signals; see *note Blocking Signals::.
|
||
|
||
• Elapsed processor time associated with the process; see *note
|
||
Processor Time::.
|
||
|
||
If the set-user-ID and set-group-ID mode bits of the process image
|
||
file are set, this affects the effective user ID and effective group ID
|
||
(respectively) of the process. These concepts are discussed in detail
|
||
in *note Process Persona::.
|
||
|
||
Signals that are set to be ignored in the existing process image are
|
||
also set to be ignored in the new process image. All other signals are
|
||
set to the default action in the new process image. For more
|
||
information about signals, see *note Signal Handling::.
|
||
|
||
File descriptors open in the existing process image remain open in
|
||
the new process image, unless they have the ‘FD_CLOEXEC’ (close-on-exec)
|
||
flag set. The files that remain open inherit all attributes of the open
|
||
file descriptors from the existing process image, including file locks.
|
||
File descriptors are discussed in *note Low-Level I/O::.
|
||
|
||
Streams, by contrast, cannot survive through ‘exec’ functions,
|
||
because they are located in the memory of the process itself. The new
|
||
process image has no streams except those it creates afresh. Each of
|
||
the streams in the pre-‘exec’ process image has a descriptor inside it,
|
||
and these descriptors do survive through ‘exec’ (provided that they do
|
||
not have ‘FD_CLOEXEC’ set). The new process image can reconnect these
|
||
to new streams using ‘fdopen’ (*note Descriptors and Streams::).
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Process Completion, Next: Process Completion Status, Prev: Executing a File, Up: Processes
|
||
|
||
26.6 Process Completion
|
||
=======================
|
||
|
||
The functions described in this section are used to wait for a child
|
||
process to terminate or stop, and determine its status. These functions
|
||
are declared in the header file ‘sys/wait.h’.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: pid_t waitpid (pid_t PID, int *STATUS-PTR, int OPTIONS)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
The ‘waitpid’ function is used to request status information from a
|
||
child process whose process ID is PID. Normally, the calling
|
||
process is suspended until the child process makes status
|
||
information available by terminating.
|
||
|
||
Other values for the PID argument have special interpretations. A
|
||
value of ‘-1’ or ‘WAIT_ANY’ requests status information for any
|
||
child process; a value of ‘0’ or ‘WAIT_MYPGRP’ requests information
|
||
for any child process in the same process group as the calling
|
||
process; and any other negative value − PGID requests information
|
||
for any child process whose process group ID is PGID.
|
||
|
||
If status information for a child process is available immediately,
|
||
this function returns immediately without waiting. If more than
|
||
one eligible child process has status information available, one of
|
||
them is chosen randomly, and its status is returned immediately.
|
||
To get the status from the other eligible child processes, you need
|
||
to call ‘waitpid’ again.
|
||
|
||
The OPTIONS argument is a bit mask. Its value should be the
|
||
bitwise OR (that is, the ‘|’ operator) of zero or more of the
|
||
‘WNOHANG’ and ‘WUNTRACED’ flags. You can use the ‘WNOHANG’ flag to
|
||
indicate that the parent process shouldn’t wait; and the
|
||
‘WUNTRACED’ flag to request status information from stopped
|
||
processes as well as processes that have terminated.
|
||
|
||
The status information from the child process is stored in the
|
||
object that STATUS-PTR points to, unless STATUS-PTR is a null
|
||
pointer.
|
||
|
||
This function is a cancellation point in multi-threaded programs.
|
||
This is a problem if the thread allocates some resources (like
|
||
memory, file descriptors, semaphores or whatever) at the time
|
||
‘waitpid’ is called. If the thread gets canceled these resources
|
||
stay allocated until the program ends. To avoid this calls to
|
||
‘waitpid’ should be protected using cancellation handlers.
|
||
|
||
The return value is normally the process ID of the child process
|
||
whose status is reported. If there are child processes but none of
|
||
them is waiting to be noticed, ‘waitpid’ will block until one is.
|
||
However, if the ‘WNOHANG’ option was specified, ‘waitpid’ will
|
||
return zero instead of blocking.
|
||
|
||
If a specific PID to wait for was given to ‘waitpid’, it will
|
||
ignore all other children (if any). Therefore if there are
|
||
children waiting to be noticed but the child whose PID was
|
||
specified is not one of them, ‘waitpid’ will block or return zero
|
||
as described above.
|
||
|
||
A value of ‘-1’ is returned in case of error. The following
|
||
‘errno’ error conditions are defined for this function:
|
||
|
||
‘EINTR’
|
||
The function was interrupted by delivery of a signal to the
|
||
calling process. *Note Interrupted Primitives::.
|
||
|
||
‘ECHILD’
|
||
There are no child processes to wait for, or the specified PID
|
||
is not a child of the calling process.
|
||
|
||
‘EINVAL’
|
||
An invalid value was provided for the OPTIONS argument.
|
||
|
||
These symbolic constants are defined as values for the PID argument
|
||
to the ‘waitpid’ function.
|
||
|
||
‘WAIT_ANY’
|
||
|
||
This constant macro (whose value is ‘-1’) specifies that ‘waitpid’
|
||
should return status information about any child process.
|
||
|
||
‘WAIT_MYPGRP’
|
||
This constant (with value ‘0’) specifies that ‘waitpid’ should
|
||
return status information about any child process in the same
|
||
process group as the calling process.
|
||
|
||
These symbolic constants are defined as flags for the OPTIONS
|
||
argument to the ‘waitpid’ function. You can bitwise-OR the flags
|
||
together to obtain a value to use as the argument.
|
||
|
||
‘WNOHANG’
|
||
|
||
This flag specifies that ‘waitpid’ should return immediately
|
||
instead of waiting, if there is no child process ready to be
|
||
noticed.
|
||
|
||
‘WUNTRACED’
|
||
|
||
This flag specifies that ‘waitpid’ should report the status of any
|
||
child processes that have been stopped as well as those that have
|
||
terminated.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: pid_t wait (int *STATUS-PTR)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This is a simplified version of ‘waitpid’, and is used to wait
|
||
until any one child process terminates. The call:
|
||
|
||
wait (&status)
|
||
|
||
is exactly equivalent to:
|
||
|
||
waitpid (-1, &status, 0)
|
||
|
||
This function is a cancellation point in multi-threaded programs.
|
||
This is a problem if the thread allocates some resources (like
|
||
memory, file descriptors, semaphores or whatever) at the time
|
||
‘wait’ is called. If the thread gets canceled these resources stay
|
||
allocated until the program ends. To avoid this calls to ‘wait’
|
||
should be protected using cancellation handlers.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: pid_t wait4 (pid_t PID, int *STATUS-PTR, int OPTIONS,
|
||
struct rusage *USAGE)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
If USAGE is a null pointer, ‘wait4’ is equivalent to ‘waitpid (PID,
|
||
STATUS-PTR, OPTIONS)’.
|
||
|
||
If USAGE is not null, ‘wait4’ stores usage figures for the child
|
||
process in ‘*RUSAGE’ (but only if the child has terminated, not if
|
||
it has stopped). *Note Resource Usage::.
|
||
|
||
This function is a BSD extension.
|
||
|
||
Here’s an example of how to use ‘waitpid’ to get the status from all
|
||
child processes that have terminated, without ever waiting. This
|
||
function is designed to be a handler for ‘SIGCHLD’, the signal that
|
||
indicates that at least one child process has terminated.
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
sigchld_handler (int signum)
|
||
{
|
||
int pid, status, serrno;
|
||
serrno = errno;
|
||
while (1)
|
||
{
|
||
pid = waitpid (WAIT_ANY, &status, WNOHANG);
|
||
if (pid < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
perror ("waitpid");
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (pid == 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
notice_termination (pid, status);
|
||
}
|
||
errno = serrno;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Process Completion Status, Next: BSD Wait Functions, Prev: Process Completion, Up: Processes
|
||
|
||
26.7 Process Completion Status
|
||
==============================
|
||
|
||
If the exit status value (*note Program Termination::) of the child
|
||
process is zero, then the status value reported by ‘waitpid’ or ‘wait’
|
||
is also zero. You can test for other kinds of information encoded in
|
||
the returned status value using the following macros. These macros are
|
||
defined in the header file ‘sys/wait.h’.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int WIFEXITED (int STATUS)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This macro returns a nonzero value if the child process terminated
|
||
normally with ‘exit’ or ‘_exit’.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int WEXITSTATUS (int STATUS)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
If ‘WIFEXITED’ is true of STATUS, this macro returns the low-order
|
||
8 bits of the exit status value from the child process. *Note Exit
|
||
Status::.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int WIFSIGNALED (int STATUS)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This macro returns a nonzero value if the child process terminated
|
||
because it received a signal that was not handled. *Note Signal
|
||
Handling::.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int WTERMSIG (int STATUS)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
If ‘WIFSIGNALED’ is true of STATUS, this macro returns the signal
|
||
number of the signal that terminated the child process.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int WCOREDUMP (int STATUS)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This macro returns a nonzero value if the child process terminated
|
||
and produced a core dump.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int WIFSTOPPED (int STATUS)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
This macro returns a nonzero value if the child process is stopped.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int WSTOPSIG (int STATUS)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
If ‘WIFSTOPPED’ is true of STATUS, this macro returns the signal
|
||
number of the signal that caused the child process to stop.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: BSD Wait Functions, Next: Process Creation Example, Prev: Process Completion Status, Up: Processes
|
||
|
||
26.8 BSD Process Wait Function
|
||
==============================
|
||
|
||
The GNU C Library also provides the ‘wait3’ function for compatibility
|
||
with BSD. This function is declared in ‘sys/wait.h’. It is the
|
||
predecessor to ‘wait4’, which is more flexible. ‘wait3’ is now
|
||
obsolete.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: pid_t wait3 (int *STATUS-PTR, int OPTIONS, struct rusage
|
||
*USAGE)
|
||
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
If USAGE is a null pointer, ‘wait3’ is equivalent to ‘waitpid (-1,
|
||
STATUS-PTR, OPTIONS)’.
|
||
|
||
If USAGE is not null, ‘wait3’ stores usage figures for the child
|
||
process in ‘*RUSAGE’ (but only if the child has terminated, not if
|
||
it has stopped). *Note Resource Usage::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Process Creation Example, Prev: BSD Wait Functions, Up: Processes
|
||
|
||
26.9 Process Creation Example
|
||
=============================
|
||
|
||
Here is an example program showing how you might write a function
|
||
similar to the built-in ‘system’. It executes its COMMAND argument
|
||
using the equivalent of ‘sh -c COMMAND’.
|
||
|
||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||
#include <sys/wait.h>
|
||
|
||
/* Execute the command using this shell program. */
|
||
#define SHELL "/bin/sh"
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
my_system (const char *command)
|
||
{
|
||
int status;
|
||
pid_t pid;
|
||
|
||
pid = fork ();
|
||
if (pid == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* This is the child process. Execute the shell command. */
|
||
execl (SHELL, SHELL, "-c", command, NULL);
|
||
_exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (pid < 0)
|
||
/* The fork failed. Report failure. */
|
||
status = -1;
|
||
else
|
||
/* This is the parent process. Wait for the child to complete. */
|
||
if (waitpid (pid, &status, 0) != pid)
|
||
status = -1;
|
||
return status;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
There are a couple of things you should pay attention to in this
|
||
example.
|
||
|
||
Remember that the first ‘argv’ argument supplied to the program
|
||
represents the name of the program being executed. That is why, in the
|
||
call to ‘execl’, ‘SHELL’ is supplied once to name the program to execute
|
||
and a second time to supply a value for ‘argv[0]’.
|
||
|
||
The ‘execl’ call in the child process doesn’t return if it is
|
||
successful. If it fails, you must do something to make the child
|
||
process terminate. Just returning a bad status code with ‘return’ would
|
||
leave two processes running the original program. Instead, the right
|
||
behavior is for the child process to report failure to its parent
|
||
process.
|
||
|
||
Call ‘_exit’ to accomplish this. The reason for using ‘_exit’
|
||
instead of ‘exit’ is to avoid flushing fully buffered streams such as
|
||
‘stdout’. The buffers of these streams probably contain data that was
|
||
copied from the parent process by the ‘fork’, data that will be output
|
||
eventually by the parent process. Calling ‘exit’ in the child would
|
||
output the data twice. *Note Termination Internals::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Inter-Process Communication, Next: Job Control, Prev: Processes, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
27 Inter-Process Communication
|
||
******************************
|
||
|
||
This chapter describes the GNU C Library inter-process communication
|
||
primitives.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Semaphores:: Support for creating and managing semaphores
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Semaphores, Up: Inter-Process Communication
|
||
|
||
27.1 Semaphores
|
||
===============
|
||
|
||
The GNU C Library implements the semaphore APIs as defined in POSIX and
|
||
System V. Semaphores can be used by multiple processes to coordinate
|
||
shared resources. The following is a complete list of the semaphore
|
||
functions provided by the GNU C Library.
|
||
|
||
27.1.1 System V Semaphores
|
||
--------------------------
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int semctl (int SEMID, int SEMNUM, int CMD);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Unsafe corrupt/linux | *Note
|
||
POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int semget (key_t KEY, int NSEMS, int SEMFLG);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int semop (int SEMID, struct sembuf *SOPS, size_t NSOPS);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int semtimedop (int SEMID, struct sembuf *SOPS, size_t
|
||
NSOPS, const struct timespec *TIMEOUT);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
27.1.2 POSIX Semaphores
|
||
-----------------------
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sem_init (sem_t *SEM, int PSHARED, unsigned int
|
||
VALUE);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Unsafe corrupt | *Note POSIX
|
||
Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sem_destroy (sem_t *SEM);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: sem_t *sem_open (const char *NAME, int OFLAG, ...);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe init | AC-Unsafe init | *Note
|
||
POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sem_close (sem_t *SEM);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe lock | AC-Unsafe lock | *Note
|
||
POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sem_unlink (const char *NAME);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe init | AC-Unsafe corrupt | *Note
|
||
POSIX Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sem_wait (sem_t *SEM);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Unsafe corrupt | *Note POSIX
|
||
Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sem_timedwait (sem_t *SEM, const struct timespec
|
||
*ABSTIME);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Unsafe corrupt | *Note POSIX
|
||
Safety Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sem_trywait (sem_t *SEM);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sem_post (sem_t *SEM);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int sem_getvalue (sem_t *SEM, int *SVAL);
|
||
Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
|
||
Concepts::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Job Control, Next: Name Service Switch, Prev: Inter-Process Communication, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
28 Job Control
|
||
**************
|
||
|
||
“Job control” refers to the protocol for allowing a user to move between
|
||
multiple “process groups” (or “jobs”) within a single “login session”.
|
||
The job control facilities are set up so that appropriate behavior for
|
||
most programs happens automatically and they need not do anything
|
||
special about job control. So you can probably ignore the material in
|
||
this chapter unless you are writing a shell or login program.
|
||
|
||
You need to be familiar with concepts relating to process creation
|
||
(*note Process Creation Concepts::) and signal handling (*note Signal
|
||
Handling::) in order to understand this material presented in this
|
||
chapter.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Concepts of Job Control:: Jobs can be controlled by a shell.
|
||
* Job Control is Optional:: Not all POSIX systems support job control.
|
||
* Controlling Terminal:: How a process gets its controlling terminal.
|
||
* Access to the Terminal:: How processes share the controlling terminal.
|
||
* Orphaned Process Groups:: Jobs left after the user logs out.
|
||
* Implementing a Shell:: What a shell must do to implement job control.
|
||
* Functions for Job Control:: Functions to control process groups.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Concepts of Job Control, Next: Job Control is Optional, Up: Job Control
|
||
|
||
28.1 Concepts of Job Control
|
||
============================
|
||
|
||
The fundamental purpose of an interactive shell is to read commands from
|
||
the user’s terminal and create processes to execute the programs
|
||
specified by those commands. It can do this using the ‘fork’ (*note
|
||
Creating a Process::) and ‘exec’ (*note Executing a File::) functions.
|
||
|
||
A single command may run just one process—but often one command uses
|
||
several processes. If you use the ‘|’ operator in a shell command, you
|
||
explicitly request several programs in their own processes. But even if
|
||
you run just one program, it can use multiple processes internally. For
|
||
example, a single compilation command such as ‘cc -c foo.c’ typically
|
||
uses four processes (though normally only two at any given time). If
|
||
you run ‘make’, its job is to run other programs in separate processes.
|
||
|
||
The processes belonging to a single command are called a “process
|
||
group” or “job”. This is so that you can operate on all of them at
|
||
once. For example, typing ‘C-c’ sends the signal ‘SIGINT’ to terminate
|
||
all the processes in the foreground process group.
|
||
|
||
A “session” is a larger group of processes. Normally all the
|
||
processes that stem from a single login belong to the same session.
|
||
|
||
Every process belongs to a process group. When a process is created,
|
||
it becomes a member of the same process group and session as its parent
|
||
process. You can put it in another process group using the ‘setpgid’
|
||
function, provided the process group belongs to the same session.
|
||
|
||
The only way to put a process in a different session is to make it
|
||
the initial process of a new session, or a “session leader”, using the
|
||
‘setsid’ function. This also puts the session leader into a new process
|
||
group, and you can’t move it out of that process group again.
|
||
|
||
Usually, new sessions are created by the system login program, and
|
||
the session leader is the process running the user’s login shell.
|
||
|
||
A shell that supports job control must arrange to control which job
|
||
can use the terminal at any time. Otherwise there might be multiple
|
||
jobs trying to read from the terminal at once, and confusion about which
|
||
process should receive the input typed by the user. To prevent this,
|
||
the shell must cooperate with the terminal driver using the protocol
|
||
described in this chapter.
|
||
|
||
The shell can give unlimited access to the controlling terminal to
|
||
only one process group at a time. This is called the “foreground job”
|
||
on that controlling terminal. Other process groups managed by the shell
|
||
that are executing without such access to the terminal are called
|
||
“background jobs”.
|
||
|
||
If a background job needs to read from its controlling terminal, it
|
||
is “stopped” by the terminal driver; if the ‘TOSTOP’ mode is set,
|
||
likewise for writing. The user can stop a foreground job by typing the
|
||
SUSP character (*note Special Characters::) and a program can stop any
|
||
job by sending it a ‘SIGSTOP’ signal. It’s the responsibility of the
|
||
shell to notice when jobs stop, to notify the user about them, and to
|
||
provide mechanisms for allowing the user to interactively continue
|
||
stopped jobs and switch jobs between foreground and background.
|
||
|
||
*Note Access to the Terminal::, for more information about I/O to the
|
||
controlling terminal.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Job Control is Optional, Next: Controlling Terminal, Prev: Concepts of Job Control, Up: Job Control
|
||
|
||
28.2 Job Control is Optional
|
||
============================
|
||
|
||
Not all operating systems support job control. GNU systems do support
|
||
job control, but if you are using the GNU C Library on some other
|
||
system, that system may not support job control itself.
|
||
|
||
You can use the ‘_POSIX_JOB_CONTROL’ macro to test at compile-time
|
||
whether the system supports job control. *Note System Options::.
|
||
|
||
If job control is not supported, then there can be only one process
|
||
group per session, which behaves as if it were always in the foreground.
|
||
The functions for creating additional process groups simply fail with
|
||
the error code ‘ENOSYS’.
|
||
|
||
The macros naming the various job control signals (*note Job Control
|
||
Signals::) are defined even if job control is not supported. However,
|
||
the system never generates these signals, and attempts to send a job
|
||
control signal or examine or specify their actions report errors or do
|
||
nothing.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Controlling Terminal, Next: Access to the Terminal, Prev: Job Control is Optional, Up: Job Control
|
||
|
||
28.3 Controlling Terminal of a Process
|
||
======================================
|
||
|
||
One of the attributes of a process is its controlling terminal. Child
|
||
processes created with ‘fork’ inherit the controlling terminal from
|
||
their parent process. In this way, all the processes in a session
|
||
inherit the controlling terminal from the session leader. A session
|
||
leader that has control of a terminal is called the “controlling
|
||
process” of that terminal.
|
||
|
||
You generally do not need to worry about the exact mechanism used to
|
||
allocate a controlling terminal to a session, since it is done for you
|
||
by the system when you log in.
|
||
|
||
An individual process disconnects from its controlling terminal when
|
||
it calls ‘setsid’ to become the leader of a new session. *Note Process
|
||
Group Functions::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Access to the Terminal, Next: Orphaned Process Groups, Prev: Controlling Terminal, Up: Job Control
|
||
|
||
28.4 Access to the Controlling Terminal
|
||
=======================================
|
||
|
||
Processes in the foreground job of a controlling terminal have
|
||
unrestricted access to that terminal; background processes do not. This
|
||
section describes in more detail what happens when a process in a
|
||
background job tries to access its controlling terminal.
|
||
|
||
When a process in a background job tries to read from its controlling
|
||
terminal, the process group is usually sent a ‘SIGTTIN’ signal. This
|
||
normally causes all of the processes in that group to stop (unless they
|
||
handle the signal and don’t stop themselves). However, if the reading
|
||
process is ignoring or blocking this signal, then ‘read’ fails with an
|
||
‘EIO’ error instead.
|
||
|
||
Similarly, when a process in a background job tries to write to its
|
||
controlling terminal, the default behavior is to send a ‘SIGTTOU’ signal
|
||
to the process group. However, the behavior is modified by the ‘TOSTOP’
|
||
bit of the local modes flags (*note Local Modes::). If this bit is not
|
||
set (which is the default), then writing to the controlling terminal is
|
||
always permitted without sending a signal. Writing is also permitted if
|
||
the ‘SIGTTOU’ signal is being ignored or blocked by the writing process.
|
||
|
||
Most other terminal operations that a program can do are treated as
|
||
reading or as writing. (The description of each operation should say
|
||
which.)
|
||
|
||
For more information about the primitive ‘read’ and ‘write’
|
||
functions, see *note I/O Primitives::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Orphaned Process Groups, Next: Implementing a Shell, Prev: Access to the Terminal, Up: Job Control
|
||
|
||
28.5 Orphaned Process Groups
|
||
============================
|
||
|
||
When a controlling process terminates, its terminal becomes free and a
|
||
new session can be established on it. (In fact, another user could log
|
||
in on the terminal.) This could cause a problem if any processes from
|
||
the old session are still trying to use that terminal.
|
||
|
||
To prevent problems, process groups that continue running even after
|
||
the session leader has terminated are marked as “orphaned process
|
||
groups”.
|
||
|
||
When a process group becomes an orphan, its processes are sent a
|
||
‘SIGHUP’ signal. Ordinarily, this causes the processes to terminate.
|
||
However, if a program ignores this signal or establishes a handler for
|
||
it (*note Signal Handling::), it can continue running as in the orphan
|
||
process group even after its controlling process terminates; but it
|
||
still cannot access the terminal any more.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Implementing a Shell, Next: Functions for Job Control, Prev: Orphaned Process Groups, Up: Job Control
|
||
|
||
28.6 Implementing a Job Control Shell
|
||
=====================================
|
||
|
||
This section describes what a shell must do to implement job control, by
|
||
presenting an extensive sample program to illustrate the concepts
|
||
involved.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Data Structures:: Introduction to the sample shell.
|
||
* Initializing the Shell:: What the shell must do to take
|
||
responsibility for job control.
|
||
* Launching Jobs:: Creating jobs to execute commands.
|
||
* Foreground and Background:: Putting a job in foreground of background.
|
||
* Stopped and Terminated Jobs:: Reporting job status.
|
||
* Continuing Stopped Jobs:: How to continue a stopped job in
|
||
the foreground or background.
|
||
* Missing Pieces:: Other parts of the shell.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Data Structures, Next: Initializing the Shell, Up: Implementing a Shell
|
||
|
||
28.6.1 Data Structures for the Shell
|
||
------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
All of the program examples included in this chapter are part of a
|
||
simple shell program. This section presents data structures and utility
|
||
functions which are used throughout the example.
|
||
|
||
The sample shell deals mainly with two data structures. The ‘job’
|
||
type contains information about a job, which is a set of subprocesses
|
||
linked together with pipes. The ‘process’ type holds information about
|
||
a single subprocess. Here are the relevant data structure declarations:
|
||
|
||
/* A process is a single process. */
|
||
typedef struct process
|
||
{
|
||
struct process *next; /* next process in pipeline */
|
||
char **argv; /* for exec */
|
||
pid_t pid; /* process ID */
|
||
char completed; /* true if process has completed */
|
||
char stopped; /* true if process has stopped */
|
||
int status; /* reported status value */
|
||
} process;
|
||
|
||
/* A job is a pipeline of processes. */
|
||
typedef struct job
|
||
{
|
||
struct job *next; /* next active job */
|
||
char *command; /* command line, used for messages */
|
||
process *first_process; /* list of processes in this job */
|
||
pid_t pgid; /* process group ID */
|
||
char notified; /* true if user told about stopped job */
|
||
struct termios tmodes; /* saved terminal modes */
|
||
int stdin, stdout, stderr; /* standard i/o channels */
|
||
} job;
|
||
|
||
/* The active jobs are linked into a list. This is its head. */
|
||
job *first_job = NULL;
|
||
|
||
Here are some utility functions that are used for operating on ‘job’
|
||
objects.
|
||
|
||
/* Find the active job with the indicated PGID. */
|
||
job *
|
||
find_job (pid_t pgid)
|
||
{
|
||
job *j;
|
||
|
||
for (j = first_job; j; j = j->next)
|
||
if (j->pgid == pgid)
|
||
return j;
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return true if all processes in the job have stopped or completed. */
|
||
int
|
||
job_is_stopped (job *j)
|
||
{
|
||
process *p;
|
||
|
||
for (p = j->first_process; p; p = p->next)
|
||
if (!p->completed && !p->stopped)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return true if all processes in the job have completed. */
|
||
int
|
||
job_is_completed (job *j)
|
||
{
|
||
process *p;
|
||
|
||
for (p = j->first_process; p; p = p->next)
|
||
if (!p->completed)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Initializing the Shell, Next: Launching Jobs, Prev: Data Structures, Up: Implementing a Shell
|
||
|
||
28.6.2 Initializing the Shell
|
||
-----------------------------
|
||
|
||
When a shell program that normally performs job control is started, it
|
||
has to be careful in case it has been invoked from another shell that is
|
||
already doing its own job control.
|
||
|
||
A subshell that runs interactively has to ensure that it has been
|
||
placed in the foreground by its parent shell before it can enable job
|
||
control itself. It does this by getting its initial process group ID
|
||
with the ‘getpgrp’ function, and comparing it to the process group ID of
|
||
the current foreground job associated with its controlling terminal
|
||
(which can be retrieved using the ‘tcgetpgrp’ function).
|
||
|
||
If the subshell is not running as a foreground job, it must stop
|
||
itself by sending a ‘SIGTTIN’ signal to its own process group. It may
|
||
not arbitrarily put itself into the foreground; it must wait for the
|
||
user to tell the parent shell to do this. If the subshell is continued
|
||
again, it should repeat the check and stop itself again if it is still
|
||
not in the foreground.
|
||
|
||
Once the subshell has been placed into the foreground by its parent
|
||
shell, it can enable its own job control. It does this by calling
|
||
‘setpgid’ to put itself into its own process group, and then calling
|
||
‘tcsetpgrp’ to place this process group into the foreground.
|
||
|
||
When a shell enables job control, it should set itself to ignore all
|
||
the job control stop signals so that it doesn’t accidentally stop
|
||
itself. You can do this by setting the action for all the stop signals
|
||
to ‘SIG_IGN’.
|
||
|
||
A subshell that runs non-interactively cannot and should not support
|
||
job control. It must leave all processes it creates in the same process
|
||
group as the shell itself; this allows the non-interactive shell and its
|
||
child processes to be treated as a single job by the parent shell. This
|
||
is easy to do—just don’t use any of the job control primitives—but you
|
||
must remember to make the shell do it.
|
||
|
||
Here is the initialization code for the sample shell that shows how
|
||
to do all of this.
|
||
|
||
/* Keep track of attributes of the shell. */
|
||
|
||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||
#include <termios.h>
|
||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||
|
||
pid_t shell_pgid;
|
||
struct termios shell_tmodes;
|
||
int shell_terminal;
|
||
int shell_is_interactive;
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure the shell is running interactively as the foreground job
|
||
before proceeding. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
init_shell ()
|
||
{
|
||
|
||
/* See if we are running interactively. */
|
||
shell_terminal = STDIN_FILENO;
|
||
shell_is_interactive = isatty (shell_terminal);
|
||
|
||
if (shell_is_interactive)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Loop until we are in the foreground. */
|
||
while (tcgetpgrp (shell_terminal) != (shell_pgid = getpgrp ()))
|
||
kill (- shell_pgid, SIGTTIN);
|
||
|
||
/* Ignore interactive and job-control signals. */
|
||
signal (SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
|
||
signal (SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
|
||
signal (SIGTSTP, SIG_IGN);
|
||
signal (SIGTTIN, SIG_IGN);
|
||
signal (SIGTTOU, SIG_IGN);
|
||
signal (SIGCHLD, SIG_IGN);
|
||
|
||
/* Put ourselves in our own process group. */
|
||
shell_pgid = getpid ();
|
||
if (setpgid (shell_pgid, shell_pgid) < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
perror ("Couldn't put the shell in its own process group");
|
||
exit (1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Grab control of the terminal. */
|
||
tcsetpgrp (shell_terminal, shell_pgid);
|
||
|
||
/* Save default terminal attributes for shell. */
|
||
tcgetattr (shell_terminal, &shell_tmodes);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Launching Jobs, Next: Foreground and Background, Prev: Initializing the Shell, Up: Implementing a Shell
|
||
|
||
28.6.3 Launching Jobs
|
||
---------------------
|
||
|
||
Once the shell has taken responsibility for performing job control on
|
||
its controlling terminal, it can launch jobs in response to commands
|
||
typed by the user.
|
||
|
||
To create the processes in a process group, you use the same ‘fork’
|
||
and ‘exec’ functions described in *note Process Creation Concepts::.
|
||
Since there are multiple child processes involved, though, things are a
|
||
little more complicated and you must be careful to do things in the
|
||
right order. Otherwise, nasty race conditions can result.
|
||
|
||
You have two choices for how to structure the tree of parent-child
|
||
relationships among the processes. You can either make all the
|
||
processes in the process group be children of the shell process, or you
|
||
can make one process in group be the ancestor of all the other processes
|
||
in that group. The sample shell program presented in this chapter uses
|
||
the first approach because it makes bookkeeping somewhat simpler.
|
||
|
||
As each process is forked, it should put itself in the new process
|
||
group by calling ‘setpgid’; see *note Process Group Functions::. The
|
||
first process in the new group becomes its “process group leader”, and
|
||
its process ID becomes the “process group ID” for the group.
|
||
|
||
The shell should also call ‘setpgid’ to put each of its child
|
||
processes into the new process group. This is because there is a
|
||
potential timing problem: each child process must be put in the process
|
||
group before it begins executing a new program, and the shell depends on
|
||
having all the child processes in the group before it continues
|
||
executing. If both the child processes and the shell call ‘setpgid’,
|
||
this ensures that the right things happen no matter which process gets
|
||
to it first.
|
||
|
||
If the job is being launched as a foreground job, the new process
|
||
group also needs to be put into the foreground on the controlling
|
||
terminal using ‘tcsetpgrp’. Again, this should be done by the shell as
|
||
well as by each of its child processes, to avoid race conditions.
|
||
|
||
The next thing each child process should do is to reset its signal
|
||
actions.
|
||
|
||
During initialization, the shell process set itself to ignore job
|
||
control signals; see *note Initializing the Shell::. As a result, any
|
||
child processes it creates also ignore these signals by inheritance.
|
||
This is definitely undesirable, so each child process should explicitly
|
||
set the actions for these signals back to ‘SIG_DFL’ just after it is
|
||
forked.
|
||
|
||
Since shells follow this convention, applications can assume that
|
||
they inherit the correct handling of these signals from the parent
|
||
process. But every application has a responsibility not to mess up the
|
||
handling of stop signals. Applications that disable the normal
|
||
interpretation of the SUSP character should provide some other mechanism
|
||
for the user to stop the job. When the user invokes this mechanism, the
|
||
program should send a ‘SIGTSTP’ signal to the process group of the
|
||
process, not just to the process itself. *Note Signaling Another
|
||
Process::.
|
||
|
||
Finally, each child process should call ‘exec’ in the normal way.
|
||
This is also the point at which redirection of the standard input and
|
||
output channels should be handled. *Note Duplicating Descriptors::, for
|
||
an explanation of how to do this.
|
||
|
||
Here is the function from the sample shell program that is
|
||
responsible for launching a program. The function is executed by each
|
||
child process immediately after it has been forked by the shell, and
|
||
never returns.
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
launch_process (process *p, pid_t pgid,
|
||
int infile, int outfile, int errfile,
|
||
int foreground)
|
||
{
|
||
pid_t pid;
|
||
|
||
if (shell_is_interactive)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Put the process into the process group and give the process group
|
||
the terminal, if appropriate.
|
||
This has to be done both by the shell and in the individual
|
||
child processes because of potential race conditions. */
|
||
pid = getpid ();
|
||
if (pgid == 0) pgid = pid;
|
||
setpgid (pid, pgid);
|
||
if (foreground)
|
||
tcsetpgrp (shell_terminal, pgid);
|
||
|
||
/* Set the handling for job control signals back to the default. */
|
||
signal (SIGINT, SIG_DFL);
|
||
signal (SIGQUIT, SIG_DFL);
|
||
signal (SIGTSTP, SIG_DFL);
|
||
signal (SIGTTIN, SIG_DFL);
|
||
signal (SIGTTOU, SIG_DFL);
|
||
signal (SIGCHLD, SIG_DFL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Set the standard input/output channels of the new process. */
|
||
if (infile != STDIN_FILENO)
|
||
{
|
||
dup2 (infile, STDIN_FILENO);
|
||
close (infile);
|
||
}
|
||
if (outfile != STDOUT_FILENO)
|
||
{
|
||
dup2 (outfile, STDOUT_FILENO);
|
||
close (outfile);
|
||
}
|
||
if (errfile != STDERR_FILENO)
|
||
{
|
||
dup2 (errfile, STDERR_FILENO);
|
||
close (errfile);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Exec the new process. Make sure we exit. */
|
||
execvp (p->argv[0], p->argv);
|
||
perror ("execvp");
|
||
exit (1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
If the shell is not running interactively, this function does not do
|
||
anything with process groups or signals. Remember that a shell not
|
||
performing job control must keep all of its subprocesses in the same
|
||
process group as the shell itself.
|
||
|
||
Next, here is the function that actually launches a complete job.
|
||
After creating the child processes, this function calls some other
|
||
functions to put the newly created job into the foreground or
|
||
background; these are discussed in *note Foreground and Background::.
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
launch_job (job *j, int foreground)
|
||
{
|
||
process *p;
|
||
pid_t pid;
|
||
int mypipe[2], infile, outfile;
|
||
|
||
infile = j->stdin;
|
||
for (p = j->first_process; p; p = p->next)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Set up pipes, if necessary. */
|
||
if (p->next)
|
||
{
|
||
if (pipe (mypipe) < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
perror ("pipe");
|
||
exit (1);
|
||
}
|
||
outfile = mypipe[1];
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
outfile = j->stdout;
|
||
|
||
/* Fork the child processes. */
|
||
pid = fork ();
|
||
if (pid == 0)
|
||
/* This is the child process. */
|
||
launch_process (p, j->pgid, infile,
|
||
outfile, j->stderr, foreground);
|
||
else if (pid < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The fork failed. */
|
||
perror ("fork");
|
||
exit (1);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* This is the parent process. */
|
||
p->pid = pid;
|
||
if (shell_is_interactive)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!j->pgid)
|
||
j->pgid = pid;
|
||
setpgid (pid, j->pgid);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Clean up after pipes. */
|
||
if (infile != j->stdin)
|
||
close (infile);
|
||
if (outfile != j->stdout)
|
||
close (outfile);
|
||
infile = mypipe[0];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
format_job_info (j, "launched");
|
||
|
||
if (!shell_is_interactive)
|
||
wait_for_job (j);
|
||
else if (foreground)
|
||
put_job_in_foreground (j, 0);
|
||
else
|
||
put_job_in_background (j, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Foreground and Background, Next: Stopped and Terminated Jobs, Prev: Launching Jobs, Up: Implementing a Shell
|
||
|
||
28.6.4 Foreground and Background
|
||
--------------------------------
|
||
|
||
Now let’s consider what actions must be taken by the shell when it
|
||
launches a job into the foreground, and how this differs from what must
|
||
be done when a background job is launched.
|
||
|
||
When a foreground job is launched, the shell must first give it
|
||
access to the controlling terminal by calling ‘tcsetpgrp’. Then, the
|
||
shell should wait for processes in that process group to terminate or
|
||
stop. This is discussed in more detail in *note Stopped and Terminated
|
||
Jobs::.
|
||
|
||
When all of the processes in the group have either completed or
|
||
stopped, the shell should regain control of the terminal for its own
|
||
process group by calling ‘tcsetpgrp’ again. Since stop signals caused
|
||
by I/O from a background process or a SUSP character typed by the user
|
||
are sent to the process group, normally all the processes in the job
|
||
stop together.
|
||
|
||
The foreground job may have left the terminal in a strange state, so
|
||
the shell should restore its own saved terminal modes before continuing.
|
||
In case the job is merely stopped, the shell should first save the
|
||
current terminal modes so that it can restore them later if the job is
|
||
continued. The functions for dealing with terminal modes are
|
||
‘tcgetattr’ and ‘tcsetattr’; these are described in *note Terminal
|
||
Modes::.
|
||
|
||
Here is the sample shell’s function for doing all of this.
|
||
|
||
/* Put job J in the foreground. If CONT is nonzero,
|
||
restore the saved terminal modes and send the process group a
|
||
‘SIGCONT’ signal to wake it up before we block. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
put_job_in_foreground (job *j, int cont)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Put the job into the foreground. */
|
||
tcsetpgrp (shell_terminal, j->pgid);
|
||
|
||
/* Send the job a continue signal, if necessary. */
|
||
if (cont)
|
||
{
|
||
tcsetattr (shell_terminal, TCSADRAIN, &j->tmodes);
|
||
if (kill (- j->pgid, SIGCONT) < 0)
|
||
perror ("kill (SIGCONT)");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Wait for it to report. */
|
||
wait_for_job (j);
|
||
|
||
/* Put the shell back in the foreground. */
|
||
tcsetpgrp (shell_terminal, shell_pgid);
|
||
|
||
/* Restore the shell’s terminal modes. */
|
||
tcgetattr (shell_terminal, &j->tmodes);
|
||
tcsetattr (shell_terminal, TCSADRAIN, &shell_tmodes);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
If the process group is launched as a background job, the shell
|
||
should remain in the foreground itself and continue to read commands
|
||
from the terminal.
|
||
|
||
In the sample shell, there is not much that needs to be done to put a
|
||
job into the background. Here is the function it uses:
|
||
|
||
/* Put a job in the background. If the cont argument is true, send
|
||
the process group a ‘SIGCONT’ signal to wake it up. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
put_job_in_background (job *j, int cont)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Send the job a continue signal, if necessary. */
|
||
if (cont)
|
||
if (kill (-j->pgid, SIGCONT) < 0)
|
||
perror ("kill (SIGCONT)");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: libc.info, Node: Stopped and Terminated Jobs, Next: Continuing Stopped Jobs, Prev: Foreground and Background, Up: Implementing a Shell
|
||
|
||
28.6.5 Stopped and Terminated Jobs
|
||
----------------------------------
|
||
|
||
When a foreground process is launched, the shell must block until all of
|
||
the processes in that job have either terminated or stopped. It can do
|
||
this by calling the ‘waitpid’ function; see *note Process Completion::.
|
||
Use the ‘WUNTRACED’ option so that status is reported for processes that
|
||
stop as well as processes that terminate.
|
||
|
||
The shell must also check on the status of background jobs so that it
|
||
can report terminated and stopped jobs to the user; this can be done by
|
||
calling ‘waitpid’ with the ‘WNOHANG’ option. A good place to put a such
|
||
a check for terminated and stopped jobs is just before prompting for a
|
||
new command.
|
||
|
||
The shell can also receive asynchronous notification that there is
|
||
status information available for a child process by establishing a
|
||
handler for ‘SIGCHLD’ signals. *Note Signal Handling::.
|
||
|
||
In the sample shell program, the ‘SIGCHLD’ signal is normally
|
||
ignored. This is to avoid reentrancy problems involving the global data
|
||
structures the shell manipulates. But at specific times when the shell
|
||
is not using these data structures—such as when it is waiting for input
|
||
on the terminal—it makes sense to enable a handler for ‘SIGCHLD’. The
|
||
same function that is used to do the synchronous status checks
|
||
(‘do_job_notification’, in this case) can also be called from within
|
||
this handler.
|
||
|
||
Here are the parts of the sample shell program that deal with
|
||
checking the status of jobs and reporting the information to the user.
|
||
|
||
/* Store the status of the process PID that was returned by waitpid.
|
||
Return 0 if all went well, nonzero otherwise. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
mark_process_status (pid_t pid, int status)
|
||
{
|
||
job *j;
|
||
process *p;
|
||
|
||
if (pid > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Update the record for the process. */
|
||
for (j = first_job; j; j = j->next)
|
||
for (p = j->first_process; p; p = p->next)
|
||
if (p->pid == pid)
|
||
{
|
||
p->status = status;
|
||
if (WIFSTOPPED (status))
|
||
p->stopped = 1;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
p->completed = 1;
|
||
if (WIFSIGNALED (status))
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "%d: Terminated by signal %d.\n",
|
||
(int) pid, WTERMSIG (p->status));
|
||
}
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "No child process %d.\n", pid);
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (pid == 0 || errno == ECHILD)
|
||
/* No processes ready to report. */
|
||
return -1;
|
||
else {
|
||
/* Other weird errors. */
|
||
perror ("waitpid");
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Check for processes that have status information available,
|
||
without blocking. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
update_status (void)
|
||
{
|
||
int status;
|
||
pid_t pid;
|
||
|
||
do
|
||
pid = waitpid (WAIT_ANY, &status, WUNTRACED|WNOHANG);
|
||
while (!mark_process_status (pid, status));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Check for processes that have status information available,
|
||
blocking until all processes in the given job have reported. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
wait_for_job (job *j)
|
||
{
|
||
int status;
|
||
pid_t pid;
|
||
|
||
do
|
||
pid = waitpid (WAIT_ANY, &status, WUNTRACED);
|
||
while (!mark_process_status (pid, status)
|
||
&& !job_is_stopped (j)
|
||
&& !job_is_completed (j));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Format information about job status for the user to look at. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
format_job_info (job *j, const char *status)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "%ld (%s): %s\n", (long)j->pgid, status, j->command);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Notify the user about stopped or terminated jobs.
|
||
Delete terminated jobs from the active job list. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
do_job_notification (void)
|
||
{
|
||
job *j, *jlast, *jnext;
|
||
process *p;
|
||
|
||
/* Update status information for child processes. */
|
||
update_status ();
|
||
|
||
jlast = NULL;
|
||
for (j = first_job; j; j = jnext)
|
||
{
|
||
jnext = j->next;
|
||
|
||
/* If all processes have completed, tell the user the job has
|
||
completed and delete it from the list of active jobs. */
|
||
if (job_is_completed (j)) {
|
||
format_job_info (j, "completed");
|
||
if (jlast)
|
||
jlast->next = jnext;
|
||
else
|
||
first_job = jnext;
|
||
free_job (j);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Notify the user about stopped jobs,
|
||
marking them so that we won’t do this more than once. */
|
||
else if (job_is_stopped (j) && !j->notified) {
|
||
format_job_info (j, "stopped");
|
||
j->notified = 1;
|
||
jlast = j;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Don’t say anything about jobs that are still running. */
|
||
else
|
||
jlast = j;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|